In Linux, the warning messages are printed out by pr_warn().
We can use Linux-like log functions in tree-wide.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[primary] Check MMC 0:1 for /extlinux/extlinux.conf and boot
[fallback 1] Check MMC 0:1 zImage and run mmcbootz
[fallback 2] Check MMC 0:1 uImage and run mmcboot
[fallback 3] Check NAND partitions and run nandboot
If 'extlinux.conf' is not found on MMC 0, the previous boot behavior is
followed.
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
To page mapping the lowest 2 bits needs to be 0x3.
If not fix this, the final lowest 3 bits for page mapping is 0x1
which is marked as reserved.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
After relocation, when error happends, it is hard to track
ELR and LR with asm file objdumped from elf file.
So subtract the gd->reloc_off the reflect the compliation address.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As discussed at [1], the Amlogic Meson GX SoCs can embed a BL31 firmware
and a secondary BL32 firmware.
Since mid-2017, the reserved memory address of the BL31 firmware was moved
and grown for security reasons.
But mainline U-Boot and Linux has the old address and size fixed.
These SoCs have a register interface to get the two firmware reserved
memory start and sizes.
This patch adds a dynamic reservation of the memory zones in the device tree bootmem
reserved memory zone used by the kernel in early boot.
To be complete, the memory zones are also added to the EFI reserved zones.
Depends on patchset "Add support for Amlogic GXL Based SBCs" at [2].
[1] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-amlogic/2017-October/004860.html
[2] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-amlogic/2017-November/005410.html
Changes since v1:
- switched the #if to if(IS_ENABLED()) to compile all code paths
- renamed function to meson_board_add_reserved_memory()
- added a mem.h header with comment
- updated all boards ft_board_setup()
Changes since RFC v2:
- reduced preprocessor load
- kept Odroid-C2 static memory mapping as exception
Changes since RFC v1:
- switch to fdt rsv mem table and efi reserve memory
- replaced in_le32 by readl()
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
[trini: Fix warning on khadas-vim over missing <asm/arch/mem.h>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This adds platform code for the Khadas VIM board based on a
Meson GXL (S905X) SoC with the Meson GXL configuration.
This initial submission supports UART, MMC/SDCard and Ethernet with the
Internal RMII PHY.
The meson-gxl-s905x-khadas-vim.dts is synchronised from the linux 4.13
stable tree as of 4.13.8.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This adds platform code for the Libre Computer CC "Le Potato" board based on a
Meson GXL (S905X) SoC with the Meson GXL configuration.
This initial submission supports UART, MMC/SDCard and Ethernet with the
Internal RMII PHY.
The meson-gxl-s905x-libretech-cc.dts is synchronised from the linux 4.13
stable tree as of 4.13.8.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Switch P212 Ethernet init to the common Ethernet init function.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Switch Odroid-C2 Ethernet init to the common Ethernet init function.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Introduce a generic common Ethernet Hardware init function
common to all Amlogic GX SoCs with support for the
Internal PHY enable for GXL SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Now, lib/libfdt/fdt_wip.c is the same as scripts/dtc/libfdt/fdt_wip.c
Change the former to a wrapper of the latter.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All the other fdt_*_region() functions are located in fdt_region.c,
while only fdt_find_regions() was added to fdt_wip.c, strangely.
Move it to the suitable place.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the moment our exception entry code needs 34 instructions, so we
can't use put it directly into the table entry, which offers "only"
32 instructions there. Right now we just put an unconditional branch
there, then use a macro to place the 34 instructions *per entry* after
that. That effectivly doubles the size of our exception table, which
is quite a waste, given that we use it mostly for debugging purposes.
Since the register saving part is actually identical, let's just convert
that macro into a function, and "bl" into it directly from the exception
slot, of course after having saved at least the original LR.
This saves us about 950 bytes of code, which is quite a relief for some
tight SPLs, in particular the 64-bit Allwinner ones.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Adjust this test to use the unit test framework. Drop the two existing
commands for running the tests and replace them with a single
'ut compression' command, with sub-commands.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Continue to have ret = run_test_internal(...) in run_test so ret
is always initialized]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Include necessary headers explicitly without relying on indirect
header inclusion.
<common.h>, <malloc.h> are unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The Linux derived log functions can be used anywhere and easily
turned on/off by CONFIG_LOGLEVEL.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This header was renamed to rawnand.h in Linux.
The following is the corresponding commit in Linux.
commit d4092d76a4a4e57b65910899948a83cc8646c5a5
Author: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Date: Fri Aug 4 17:29:10 2017 +0200
mtd: nand: Rename nand.h into rawnand.h
We are planning to share more code between different NAND based
devices (SPI NAND, OneNAND and raw NANDs), but before doing that
we need to move the existing include/linux/mtd/nand.h file into
include/linux/mtd/rawnand.h so we can later create a nand.h header
containing all common structure and function prototypes.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This driver is highly dependent on the configuration from denali_dt.c
Please enable CONFIG_NAND_DENALI_DT if you use this driver.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
denali_setup_data_interface() is always used.
I put __maybe_unused for a temporal use, then forgot to delete it.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Remove unnecessary DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR and header includes.
<common.h> has been replaced with <linux/errno.h> and <linux/printk.h>.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Commit 72443c7f7d ("mtd: cfi: Add support for status register
polling") added a feature check to determine if status register
is available for certain flash chips. The "lower software bits"
register used to determine this feature is not backward compati-
ble. Older flash chips without this feature has reserved value
0xff. Instead of checking "lower software bits" register, use
CFI primary vendor-specific extended query. Since CFI version
1.4, software features can be read from offset 0x53 according to
document AN201168 from Cypress.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The u-boot.sym file is scanned to find unit test suites for execution. At
present it only finds those whose names start with 'dm' or 'env'. This
code is buried in the bowels of the test code so when adding a new suite
it is not easy to discover why it is ignored by the test framework.
There seems to be no need to make this restriction. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
At present the test setup is somewhat mixed with the test itself. But if
the test setup fails (which it should not) then the test is actually
invalid. Put all the test buffers and sizes in a struct and separate out
the core code into a function.
This will make it easier to move the code to use the unit test framework.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The logic to either iterate through a list of tests or pick a named test
is common to at lest two test suits. Move this logic into a new function
and call it from the environment tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The kernel gets the ethernet MAC from the ethaddr variable, the omap boards for
devices with USB based eth adapters just set the usbethaddr which doesn't appear
to get passed to the kernel. The same Raspberry Pi code sets both ethaddr and
usbethaddr so lets do that so linux (tested 4.13 and 4.14) get a static rather
than a random MAC address, while not regressing users of usbethaddr.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
The DCLK_VOP_DIV_CON_MASK should cover only bits 8 through 15.
Fix this to remove an "integer-overflow on shifted constant" warning.
Fixes: 9246d9e ("rockchip: rk3128: add clock driver")
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The PLL selector field for NANDC is only 2 bits wide.
This fixes an 'int-overflow on shift' warning.
Fixes: 9246d9e ("rockchip: rk3128: add clock driver")
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
On the RK3399-Q7, we want to trigger a full platform reset (so the
various software stacks supported don't have to deal with the same
complexities over and over again) in case that anything other than a
power-on reset occurred.
To do so, this defines the /config/sysreset-gpio property and has it
point to a GPIO that will perform a power-on reset of the entire
platform.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
The reset circuitry in the RK3399 only resets 'almost all logic' when
a software reset is performed. To make our software maintenance
easier in the future, we want to have the option (controlled by a DTS
property) to force all reset causes other than a power-on reset to
trigger a power-on reset via a GPIO trigger.
This adds the necessary support to the rk3399-puma (i.e. RK3399-Q7)
board-support and the documentation for the new property
(sysreset-gpio) within the /config-node.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
USB1 is connected to the on-module USB 3.0 hub and power to the hub
(actually it's a reset signal, modeled as a fixed regulator, that will
be released) should be enabled only during the first probing of the
device to avoid the hub from entering its low-power mode (where it
tries to attach on a fixed interval, but we always miss the timeslot
when U-Boot has the controller listening).
This adds a 'tsd,usb-port-power' stringlist to enable the
infrastructure in the board-specific usb_hub_reset_devices to find and
control the fixed regulator associated with control of the USB hub.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@theobroma-systems.com>
For some versions of the RK3399-Q7 (at least revisions v1.1 and v1.2
are affected), we need to turn on the power for the port connected to
the on-module USB hub only when the device is probed for the first
time to ensure that the hub does not enter a low-power mode (that
U-Boot's USB stack can't deal with).
Note that this is needed for U-Boot only, as Linux eventually manages
to attach the hub even when it has entered into its low-power state
(when the hub wakes up the next time) after a few seconds.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@theobroma-systems.com>
Even if the board-specific directory Makefile doesn't have any
targets, it still needs to exist.
This adds a minimal Makefile for the board/rockchip/evb_rk3128
directory and a evk-rk3128.c (as built-in.o needs to be built
for every directory that a Makefile gets run for).
Fixes: c7a6866 ("rockchip: rk3128: add evb-rk3128 support")
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add dts binding header for rk3128, files origin from kernel.
Series-Changes: 2
- fix i2c address
- add saradc and usb phy node
- emmc using fifo mode for there is no dma support in rk3128 emmc
- add some clock id in cru.h
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
With some of the recent cleanups (e.g. moving the DRAM controller
drivers for Rockchip devices to drivers/ram/rockchip), the files
and paths listed in MAINTAINERS no longer covered what really is
looked after as part of the Rockchip port.
This commit updates the files/paths listed in MAINTAINERS for the
Rockchip port. I am certain, though, that this will have missed some
additional paths that should have been included...
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Rework the ULCB CPLD driver and make it into a sysreset driver,
since that is what the ULCB CPLD driver is mostly for.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The order of members in struct hws_topology_map is cas_wl, cas_l. The
comments in the original db-88f6820-gp.c had this wrong and have been
copied to other Armada-385 based boards. Practically this hasn't made a
difference since all these boards set both cas_wl and cas_l to 0
(autodetect) but if there were ever a board that did need to set these
explicitly they would run into unexpected issued.
Update the comments to reflect the correct order of structure members.
Reported-by: Tobi Wulff <tobi.wulff@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND has been removed in commit 2be296538e (Convert
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC/NAND/UBI and NOWHERE to Kconfig).
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH has been removed in commit 91c868fe7c
(Convert CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH to Kconfig). The environment #ifdef
is now empty. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Check if we are booting from NAND and let the bootrom
continue to load the rest of the bootloader
Signed-off-by: Sean Nyekjaer <sean.nyekjaer@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It's the first 8 bits of the bootrom error register that
contain the boot error/fallback error code. Let's check that
and continue to boot from UART.
Signed-off-by: Sean Nyekjaer <sean.nyekjaer@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
bbt_mirror_descr and bbt_main_descr is defined but not used
when compiling without CONFIG_SYS_NAND_USE_FLASH_BBT set.
Signed-off-by: Sean Nyekjaer <sean.nyekjaer@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch removes the inclusion of the libgcc math functions and
replaces them by functions coded in C, taken from the coreboot
project. This makes U-Boot building more independent from the toolchain
installed / available on the build system.
The code taken from coreboot is authored from Vadim Bendebury
<vbendeb@chromium.org> on 2014-11-28 and committed with commit
ID e63990ef [libpayload: provide basic 64bit division implementation]
(coreboot git repository located here [1]).
I modified the code so that its checkpatch clean without any
functional changes.
[1] git://github.com/coreboot/coreboot.git
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Currently X86 does not properly support distro defaults.
This patch is only a partial fix.
It provides the name of the bootloader EFI application
for the X86 architecture.
The architecture dependent file names are defined in the UEFI
specification.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 13c531e52a.
The error message with FIT style image mentioned in the above commit
only happens when booting using FIT image containing bzImage kernel
and without setup node (setup.bin). The current documentation for
x86 FIT support in doc/uImage.FIT/x86-fit-boot.txt mentions that
kernel's setup.bin file is required for building x86 FIT images.
The above commit breaks FIT images generated as described in the
documentation. Revert it to allow booting with images built in the
documented way.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
x86_vendor_name is defined as
static const char *const x86_vendor_name[]
So its elements should not be compared to 0.
Remove superfluous paranthesis.
Problem identified with Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Adjust VGA rom address to 0xfffb0000 so that u-boot.rom image
can be built again.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
ROM has been made read-only in qemu recently (namely commit 208fa0e4:
"pc: make 'pc.rom' readonly when machine has PCI enabled"). So this
patch restores compatibility between U-Boot and qemu.
Signed-off-by: Anton Gerasimov <anton@advancedtelematic.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: mention qemu commit title in the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Before this patch one could receive following errors when executing "fatls"
command on machine with cache enabled (ex i.MX6Q) :
=> fatls mmc 0:1
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4f59dfc8, 4f59e7c8]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4f59dfc8, 4f59e7c8]
ERROR: v7_outer_cache_inval_range - start address is not aligned - 0x4f59dfc8
ERROR: v7_outer_cache_inval_range - stop address is not aligned - 0x4f59e7c8
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4f59dfc8, 4f59e7c8]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4f59dfc8, 4f59e7c8]
ERROR: v7_outer_cache_inval_range - start address is not aligned - 0x4f59dfc8
ERROR: v7_outer_cache_inval_range - stop address is not aligned - 0x4f59e7c8
To alleviate this problem - the calloc()s have been replaced with
malloc_cache_aligned() and memset().
After those changes the buffers are properly aligned (with both start
address and size) to SoC cache line.
Fixes: 09fa964bba ("fs/fat: Fix 'CACHE: Misaligned operation at range' warnings")
Suggested-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
This board is based on the Atmel sama5d3 eval boards.
Supporting the following features:
- Boot from NAND Flash
- Ethernet
- FIT
- SPL
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Kephart <dan.kephart@lairdtech.com>
This board is based on the Atmel 9x5 eval board.
Supporting the following features:
- Boot from NAND Flash
- Ethernet
- FIT
- SPL
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Kephart <dan.kephart@lairdtech.com>
GCC 7.1 seems to be smart enough to track val through the various
static inline functions, but not smart enough to see that val will
always be initialised when no error is returned. This triggers
the following warning:
env/mmc.c: In function 'mmc_get_env_addr':
env/mmc.c:121:12: warning: 'val' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
To make it easier for compiler to understand what is going on, let's
initialise val.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Building spl with CONFIG_OF_EMBED enabled results in an error message
on my board: "SPL image too big". This is because the fdtgrep build
step is only executed for CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE.
Fix this by moving the fdtgrep build step ('cmd_fdtgreo') from
scripts/Makefile.spl to dts/Makefile so that the reduced dtb is
available for all kinds of spl builds.
The resulting variable name for the embedded device tree blob changes,
too, which is why common.h and fdtdec.c have tiny changes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In U-Boot, this device tree is compatible with both the Torpedo and
SOM-LV kits. Let's rename it in the device tree since the U-Boot code and
show a more generic OMAP3 name. The code auto detects between the two and
loads the proper DTB file for Linux. This would eliminate the SOM-LV showing
the name Torpedo during boot and hopefully eliminate some confusion.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
It is unwise to first dereference a variable
and then to check if it was NULL.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When copying the command line buffer the target array should
at least have the same size.
Cf. definition of console_buffer in common/cli_readline.c.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
use ALLOC_CACHE_ALIGN_BUFFER_PAD for mbr header allocation
in stack to fix alloc issue in is_gpt_valid()
this patch fix also issue for GPT partition handling
with blocksize != 512 in set_protective_mbr()
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add a header for SAMA5D2 SMC since it's not compatible with
SAMA5D3 one.
Signed-off-by: Ludovic Desroches <ludovic.desroches@microchip.com>
[wenyou: fix the wrong base address of the SMC register]
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
The capabilities have default values which doesn't reflect the reality
when it concerns the base clock and the mul value. Use a fixe rate
for the gck. 240 MHz is an arbitrary choice, it is a multiple of the
maximum SD clock frequency handle by the controller and it allows to
get a 400 kHz clock for the card initialisation.
Signed-off-by: Ludovic Desroches <ludovic.desroches@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Differentiate the generic clock source selection value from the parent
clock index to fix the incorrect assignment of the generic clock
source selection.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
To get the same behavior as the Linux driver, instead of selecting
the closest inferior rate, select the closest inferior or superior
rate
Signed-off-by: Ludovic Desroches <ludovic.desroches@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
What the AT91_UTMI depends on SPL_DM isn't right. AT91_UTMI is not
only used in SPL, also in other place, even if SPL_DM isn't enabled.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
MPU's region setup can be factorized between STM32F4/F7/H7 SoCs family
and used a common MPU's region config.
Only one exception for STM32H7 which doesn't have device area
located at 0xA000 0000.
For STM32F4, configure_clocks() need to be moved from arch_cpu_init()
to board_early_init_f().
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
In order to factorize code between STM32F4 and STM32F7
migrate all structs related to RCC clocks in include/stm32_rcc.h
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
MMC block needs 48Mhz source clock, for that we choose
to select the SAI PLL.
Update also stm32_clock_get_rate() to retrieve the MMC
clock source needed in MMC driver.
STM32F4 uses a different RCC variant than STM32F7. For STM32F4
sdmmc clocks bit are located into dckcfgr register whereas there
are located into dckcfgr2 registers on STM32F7.
In both registers, bits CK48MSEL and SDMMC1SEL are located at
the same position.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Priouzeau <christophe.priouzeau@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Like STM32H7, now STM32F4/F7 clock drivers are binded by
MFD stm32_rcc driver.
This also allows to add reset support to STM32F4/F7 SoCs family.
As Reset driver is not part of SPL supported drivers, don't bind it
in case of SPL to avoid that stm32_rcc_bind() returns an error.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
This allows to add rcc MFD support to stm32f746-disco board
This rcc MFD driver manages clock and reset for STM32 SoCs family
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
STM32F4 doesn't get rcc.h file, to avoid compilation
issue, migrate RCC related defines from rcc.h to driver
file and remove rcc.h file.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Now that clk_stm32f7.c manages clocks for both STM32F4 and F7 SoCs
rename it to a more generic clk_stm32f.c
Fix also some checkpatch errors/warnings.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
STM32F4 and STM32F7 RCC clock IP are very similar.
Same driver can be used to managed RCC clock for
these 2 SoCs.
Differences between STM32F4 and F7 will be managed using
different compatible string :
_ overdrive clock is only supported by STM32F7
_ different sys_pll_psc parameters can be used between STM32F4
and STM32F7.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Align the RCC compatible string with the one used by kernel.
It will allow to use the same clock driver for STM32F4
and STM32F7 and to manage the differences between the 2 SoCs
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Add a dedicated stm32f7 compatible string to use clk_stm32f7
driver with both STM32F4 and STM32F7 SoCs.
It will be needed to manage differences between these 2 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
PWR IP is used to enable over-drive feature in
order to reach a higher frequency.
Get its base address from DT instead of hard-coded value
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
This node is needed to enable performance mode
when system frequency is set up to 200Mhz.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Up to now we were able to read/write environment data from/to UBI
volumes only indirectly by gluebi driver. This driver creates NAND MTD
on top of UBI volumes, which is quite a workaroung for this use case.
Add support for direct read/write UBI volumes in order to not use
obsolete gluebi driver.
Forward-ported from this patch:
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/619305/
Original patch:
Signed-off-by: Marcin Niestroj <m.niestroj@grinn-global.com>
Forward port:
Signed-off-by: S. Lockwood-Childs <sjl@vctlabs.com>
atcspi200 is Andestech spi ip which is embedded in
AE3XX and AE250 platforms. So rename as atcspi200
will be more reasonable to be used in different
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
ATCPIT100 is often used in AE3XX platform which is
based on NDS32 architecture recently. But in the future
Andestech will have AE250 platform which is embeded
ATCPIT100 timer based on RISCV architecture.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
ATCPIT100 is Andestech timer IP which is embeded
in AE3XX and AE250 boards. So rename AE3XX to
ATCPIT100 will be more make sence.
Signed-off-by: rick <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rickchen36@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It will be work fine with unsigned long declaretion in timer
register struct when system is 32 bit. But it will not work
well when system is 64 bit. Replace it by u32 and verify both
ok in 32/64 bit.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When requesting a GPIO, set the PFC GPSR register to GPIO mode,
otherwise the GPIO cannot work.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add hook into the PFC driver to allow the GPIO driver to toggle
GPSR registers into GPIO mode when GPIO is requested.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add code to handle single pins nodes from DT in addition to already
support groups handling.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Stop using the old ad-hoc SH I2C driver and use the new RCar IIC
driver instead. The SH I2C driver should be deprecated and removed
eventually.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Mark the PRR as u-boot,dm-pre-reloc in all Gen3 board DTs as it is
needed very early and turn on the CONFIG_SYSCON to allow the PRR
driver to bind as a syscon uclass.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Implement DM driver for the Renesas PRR into RCar cpu info and convert
all users with DM and OF enabled to this new driver. This means all of
the boards with DM and OF enabled can fetch PRR address from DT, which
is useful on ie. V3M which has different PRR address than the rest of
Gen3 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
As we have a proper clock framework driver, these macros are not
needed, so drop them and clean up the whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
These macros are no longer needed since the DRAM configuration is parsed
from the DT. Drop them all.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Drop the ad-hoc DRAM configuration with macros and just decode
the DRAM configuration from device tree instead. This makes it
far cleaner and easier.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Since checkboard() is gone, rmobile_sysinfo is also pointless on Gen3.
Furthermore, nuke ad-hoc CONFIG_RCAR_BOARD_STRING which is also dead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The checkboard() function showing hard-coded board model for which the
U-Boot was built is superseded on Gen3 by show_board_info() displaying
the Model from device tree. Add small ifdef to stop compiling the
function into U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
We can now use rmobile_get_cpu_type() to check the CPU ID rather
than using a macro, make it so.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Since both R8A7795 and R8A7796 now use the same files, unify the
Makefile entry to CONFIG_RCAR_GEN3.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Unify the R7A7795 and R8A7796 memory maps in memmap-gen3 and, for now,
select which one is used based on which SoC is selected. Since this is
done in C code instead of statically assigned now, the decision can be
taken by PRR SoC match as well, which will be done in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Replace the ad-hoc values in the PRR CPU ID table with macros,
so that users can use rmobile_get_cpu_type() can compare the
returned value with these macros to figure out on which CPU they
are running.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Since the Gen3 clock driver now has a .remove callback, it is no
longer necessary to shut the clock down before booting Linux in the
arch_preboot_os hook. Stop using it and while doing so, remove all
the ad-hoc config options which this hook used.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
These old PFC tables are no longer needed as there is now a proper
PFC pinmux driver in drivers/pinctrl/renesas . Remove them .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Pull out the GIC macros from the board configuration files
into the common Gen3 configuration file since these macros
are the same for all Gen3 systems.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
This command is useless on Salvator-X as it is reading DRAM info from
SPD. We have no SPD on Salvator-X.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Since the RCar Gen3 no longer uses the SH SDHI driver, but rather
uses the Matsushita SD driver, which loads all the properties from
device tree, these macros are no longer used, remove them.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Enable the Micrel KSZ90x1 driver on ULCB, since the board is populated
with KSZ9031 and without this driver, the PHY cannot be operated.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The eMMC is 1V8 device only and the signaling is always 1V8,
fix the DT for ULCB to describe the hardware correctly.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Fix handling of the reset GPIO. Drop the _nodev() suffix from the
gpio_request_by_name() call as there is now a proper DM capable
GPIO driver. Also check if the GPIO is valid before freeing it in
remove path, otherwise U-Boot will crash.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add driver for the RCar IIC or DVFS I2C controller. This driver is based
on the SH I2C driver, but supports DM and DT probing as well as modern
I2C framework API.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Unify the CONFIG_R8A7795 and CONFIG_R8A7796 as CONFIG_RCAR_GEN3
so that every time we add a new SoC, we won't have to add more
stuff to this list.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add xHCI entry into the clock tables, so that the xHCI USB driver
can enable the clock for the xHCI block via clock framework.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The MSTP registers were poked in boards/renesas/rcar-common/common.c
in arch_preboot_os hook thus far to shut down the clock before Linux
takes over. With DM, this is no longer needed and we can do the same
in the clock driver .remove callback. This patch adds such a .remove
callback for R8A7795 and R8A7796.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
It is legal to have multiple /memory nodes in a device tree . Currently,
fdtdec_setup_memory_size() only supports parsing the first node . This
patch extends the function such that if a particular /memory node does
no longer have further "reg" entries and CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS still
allows for more DRAM banks, the code moves on to the next memory node
and checks it's "reg"s. This makes it possible to handle both systems
with single memory node with multiple entries and systems with multiple
memory nodes with single entry.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To help out with the RCar/RMobile upstreaming, I'm adding myself
as the RCar/RMobile maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Xilinx changes for v2018.1
Zynq:
- Add support for Syzygy and cc108 boards
- Add support for mini u-boot configurations (cse)
- dts updates
- config/defconfig updates in connection to Kconfig changes
- Fix psu_init handling
ZynqMP:
- SPL fixes
- Remove slcr.c
- Fixing r5 startup sequence
- Add support for external pmufw
- Add support for new ZynqMP chips
- dts updates
- Add support for zcu102 rev1.0 board
Drivers:
- nand: Support external timing setting and board init
- ahci: Fix wording
- axi_emac: Wait for bit, non processor mode, readl/write conversion
- zynq_gem: Fix SGMII/PCS support
This patch uses readl and writel instead of in_be32 and
out_be32 for io ops as these internally uses readl,
writel for microblaze and for Zynq, ZynqMP there is
no need of endianness conversion and readl, writel
should work straightaway. This patch starts supporting
the driver for Zynq and ZynqMP platforms.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Dont enable SGMII and PCS selection if internal PCS/PMA
is not used, by getting the info about internal/external
PCS/PMA usage from dt property "is-internal-phy".
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Use more accurate description for Xilinx Zynq and ZynqMP based platforms.
With using driver model there shouldn't be a need to create separate
Kconfig config options.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The chapter in which the table explaining the image format changed
chapter as the document evolved. This should help people track the
info down faster.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Francois Dagenais <jeff.dagenais@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Sparse is return warning about this:
arch/arm/mach-zynq/slcr.c: In function 'zynq_slcr_get_mio_pin_status':
arch/arm/mach-zynq/slcr.c:185:16: warning: comparison between signed and
unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(mio_periphs); i++) {
^
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add proper support for EMIT_WRITE operation which is write only.
Do not use EMIT_MASKWRITE which is read-modify-write.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch is based on work done in topic board where the first address
word also storing operation which should be done. This is reducing size
of configuration data.
This patch is not breaking an option to copy default ps7_init_gpl* files
from hdf file but it is doing preparation for ps7_init* consolidation.
The patch is also marking ps7_config as weak function.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add missing declaration to header.
Warning log:
arch/arm/mach-zynq/spl.c:94:12: warning: symbol 'ps7_post_config' was
not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add support for non processor mode, this mode doesn't have
access to some of the registers and hence this patch
bypasses it and also length has to be calculated from
status instead of app4 in this mode.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
U-Boot is generally flashed to a MIPS Boston development board by means
of a .mcs file which Xilinx Vivado software can write to the flash
present on the board. As such we'd generally want to produce an mcs file
when building U-Boot to target the Boston board. Introduce a make target
for u-boot.mcs which generates it using the srec_cat tool available from
the SRecord project, and build it by default when srec_cat is present.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
Generally we load Linux kernels on Boston boards in the form of FIT
images containing a compressed kernel binary. Linux is linked at
0x80100000 and so we need to decompress the kernel binary to that
address, however this is our default load address which means that
unless explicitly avoided we hit a decompression error as the
uncompressed kernel binary overwrites its compressed version from the
FIT image.
Avoid this by adjusting CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR to 0x88000000 (or
0xffffffff88000000 for MIPS64 builds) which avoids the address overlap
between compressed & uncompressed kernel binaries.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
If we run on a CPU which doesn't implement a particular cache then we
would previously get stuck in an infinite loop, executing a cache op on
the first "line" of the missing cache & then incrementing the address by
0. This was being avoided for the L2 caches, but not for the L1s. Fix
this by generalising the check for a zero line size & avoiding the cache
op loop when this is the case.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
When writing code, for example during relocation, we ensure that the
icache has a coherent view of the new instructions with a call to
flush_cache(). This handles the bulk of the work to ensure the new
instructions will execute as expected, however it does not ensure that
the CPU pipeline doesn't already contain instructions taken from a stale
view of the affected memory. This could theoretically be a problem for
relocation, but in practice typically isn't because we sync caches for
enough code after the entry point of the newly written code that by the
time the CPU pipeline might possibly fetch any of it we'll have long ago
written it back & invalidated any stale icache entries. This is however
a problem for shorter regions of code.
In preparation for later patches which write shorter segments of code,
ensure any instruction hazards are cleared by flush_cache() by
introducing & using a new instruction_hazard_barrier() function which
makes use of the jr.hb instruction to clear the hazard.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
A typical use of cache maintenance functions is to force writeback of
data which a device is about to read using DMA - for example a
descriptor or command structure. Such users of cache maintenance
functions require that operations on the cache have completed before
they proceed to instruct a device to read memory. This requires that we
place a completion barrier (ie. sync instruction) between the cache ops
and whatever write informs the device to perform DMA.
Whilst strictly speaking this isn't all users of the cache maintenance
functions & we could instead place the barriers in the drivers that
require them, it would be much more invasive to do so than to just have
the barrier be the default by placing it in the cache functions
themselves. The cost is low enough that it shouldn't matter to us in any
rare cases that we use the cache functions when not performing DMA.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
MIPS is no longer a part of Imagination Technologies, and as such my
@imgtec.com email address will soon cease to function. This patch
updates occurrances of it with my new @mips.com email address, and adds
an entry in .mailmap such that git (& tools such as get_maintainer.pl
when examining history) will use the new address.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: u-boot@lists.denx.de
The u-boot.lds linker script for MIPS defines a PTR_COUNT_SHIFT macro to
2 or 3 for 32 bit or 64 bit builds respectively. This macro is never
actually used though, so remove the dead code.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
The boston lowlevel_init() function zeroes the return register v0,
despite the function not being expected to return a value & that value
never being used.
Remove the redundant assignment to v0.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This work-around has been here in U-Boot because the AIDET and GPIO
drivers were missing in the upstream Linux. Both are now available
in Linus' tree:
- drivers/irqchip/irq-uniphier-aidet.c
- drivers/gpio/gpio-uniphier.c
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
I largely reworked the Denali NAND controller driver in Linux.
This commit imports the improvements from Linux. The code is
almost synced with Linux 4.15-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Several drivers check ->chipsize to see if the third row address cycle
is needed. Instead of embedding magic sizes such as 32MB, 128MB in
drivers, introduce a new flag NAND_ROW_ADDR_3 for clean-up. Since
nand_scan_ident() knows well about the device, it can handle this
properly. The flag is set if the row address bit width is greater
than 16.
Delete comments such as "One more address cycle for ..." because
intention is now clear enough from the code.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 14157f861437ebe2d624b0a845b91bbdf8ca9a2d]
struct nand_ecc_caps was designed as flexible as possible to support
multiple stepsizes (like sunxi_nand.c).
So, we need to write multiple arrays even for the simplest case.
I guess many controllers support a single stepsize, so here is a
shorthand macro for the case.
It allows to describe like ...
NAND_ECC_CAPS_SINGLE(denali_pci_ecc_caps, denali_calc_ecc_bytes, 512, 8, 15);
... instead of
static const int denali_pci_ecc_strengths[] = {8, 15};
static const struct nand_ecc_step_info denali_pci_ecc_stepinfo = {
.stepsize = 512,
.strengths = denali_pci_ecc_strengths,
.nstrengths = ARRAY_SIZE(denali_pci_ecc_strengths),
};
static const struct nand_ecc_caps denali_pci_ecc_caps = {
.stepinfos = &denali_pci_ecc_stepinfo,
.nstepinfos = 1,
.calc_ecc_bytes = denali_calc_ecc_bytes,
};
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: a03c60178c181767ecfb26fb311a88742d228118]
Driver are responsible for setting up ECC parameters correctly.
Those include:
- Check if ECC parameters specified (usually by DT) are valid
- Meet the chip's ECC requirement
- Maximize ECC strength if NAND_ECC_MAXIMIZE flag is set
The logic can be generalized by factoring out common code.
This commit adds 3 helpers to the NAND framework:
nand_check_ecc_caps - Check if preset step_size and strength are valid
nand_match_ecc_req - Match the chip's requirement
nand_maximize_ecc - Maximize the ECC strength
To use the helpers above, a driver needs to provide:
- Data array of supported ECC step size and strength
- A hook that calculates ECC bytes from the combination of
step_size and strength.
By using those helpers, code duplication among drivers will be
reduced.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 2c8f8afa7f92acb07641bf95b940d384ed1d0294]
Some NAND controllers can assign different NAND timings to different
CS lines. Pass the CS line information to ->setup_data_interface() so
that the NAND controller driver knows which CS line is concerned by
the setup_data_interface() request.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 104e442a67cfba4d0cc982384761befb917fb6a1]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
In some cases, nand_do_{read,write}_ops is passed with unaligned
ops->datbuf. Drivers using DMA will be unhappy about unaligned
buffer.
The new struct member, buf_align, represents the minimum alignment
the driver require for the buffer. If the buffer passed from the
upper MTD layer does not have enough alignment, nand_do_*_ops will
use bufpoi.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 477544c62a84d3bacd9f90ba75ffc16c04d78071]
Drivers setting NAND_ECC_CUSTOM_PAGE_ACCESS are supposed to handle the
full read/write page sequence, and waiting for a page to actually be
programmed is part of this write-page sequence.
This is also what is done in ->write_oob_xxx() hooks, so let's do that in
->write_page_xxx() as well to make it consistent.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 41145649f4acb30249b636b945053db50c9331c5]
[masahiro:
There is no driver setting NAND_ECC_CUSTOM_PAGE_ACCESS in U-Boot.
No driver is affected by this change.]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The ->errstat() hook is no longer implemented NAND controller drivers.
Get rid of it before someone starts abusing it.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 7d135bcced20be2b50128432c5426a7278ec4f6d]
[masahiro: modify davinci_nand.c for U-Boot]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cached programming is always skipped, so drop the associated code until
we decide to really support it.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 0b4773fd1649e0d418275557723a7ef54f769dc9]
[masahiro: modify davinci_nand.c for U-Boot]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
In order to make the ecclayout definition completely dynamic we need to
rework the way the OOB layout are defined and iterated.
Create a few mtd_ooblayout_xxx() helpers to ease OOB bytes manipulation
and hide ecclayout internals to their users.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 75eb2cec251fda33c9bb716ecc372819abb9278a]
[masahiro:
cherry-pick more code from adbbc3bc827eb1f43a932d783f09ba55c8ec8379]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If your controller already sends the required NAND commands when
reading or writing a page, then the framework is not supposed to
send READ0 and SEQIN/PAGEPROG respectively.
Signed-off-by: Marc Gonzalez <marc_gonzalez@sigmadesigns.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 3371d663bb4579f1b2003a92162edd6d90edd089]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Add the tR_max, tBERS_max, tPROG_max and tCCS_min timings to the
nand_sdr_timings struct.
Assign default/safe values for the statically defined timings, and
extract them from the ONFI parameter table if the NAND is ONFI
compliant.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Tested-by: Marc Gonzalez <marc_gonzalez@sigmadesigns.com>
[Linux commit: 204e7ecd47e26cc12d9e8e8a7e7a2eeb9573f0ba
Fixup commit: 6d29231000bbe0fb9e4893a9c68151ffdd3b5469]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
When changing from one data interface setting to another, one has to
ensure a specific sequence which is described in the ONFI spec.
One of these constraints is that the CE line has go high after a reset
before a command can be sent with the new data interface setting, which
is not guaranteed by the current implementation.
Rework the nand_reset() function and all the call sites to make sure the
CE line is asserted and released when required.
Also make sure to actually apply the new data interface setting on the
first die.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Fixes: d8e725dd8311 ("mtd: nand: automate NAND timings selection")
Reviewed-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Tested-by: Marc Gonzalez <marc_gonzalez@sigmadesigns.com>
[Linux commit: 73f907fd5fa56b0066d199bdd7126bbd04f6cd7b]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The NAND framework provides several helpers to query timing modes supported
by a NAND chip, but this implies that all NAND controller drivers have
to implement the same timings selection dance. Also currently NAND
devices can be resetted at arbitrary places which also resets the timing
for ONFI chips to timing mode 0.
Provide a common logic to select the best timings based on ONFI or
->onfi_timing_mode_default information. Hook this into nand_reset()
to make sure the new timing is applied each time during a reset.
NAND controller willing to support timings adjustment should just
implement the ->setup_data_interface() method.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
[Linux commit: d8e725dd831186a3595036b2b1df9f68cbc6efa3]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
struct nand_data_interface is the designated type to pass to
the NAND drivers to configure the timing. To simplify further
patches convert the onfi_sdr_timings array from type struct
nand_sdr_timings nand_data_interface.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: b1dd3ca203fccd111926c3f6ac59bf903ec62b05]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Currently we have no data structure to fully describe a NAND timing.
We only have struct nand_sdr_timings for NAND timings in SDR mode,
but nothing for DDR mode and also no container to store both types
of timing.
This patch adds struct nand_data_interface which stores the timing
type and a union of different timings. This can be used to pass to
drivers in order to configure the timing.
Add kerneldoc for struct nand_sdr_timings while touching it anyway.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: eee64b700e26b9bcc6fce024681c31f5e12271fc]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
When NAND devices are resetted some initialization may have to be done,
like for example they have to be configured for the timing mode that
shall be used. To get a common place where this initialization can be
implemented create a nand_reset() function. This currently only issues
a NAND_CMD_RESET to the NAND device. The places issuing this command
manually are replaced with a call to nand_reset().
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 2f94abfe35b210e7711af9202a3dcfc9e779219a]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
'extern' is not necessary for function declarations. To prevent
people from adding the keyword to new declarations remove the
existing ones.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: 79022591839f110f465cac0223e117b91d47d5db]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The generic NAND DT bindings allows one to tweak the ECC strength and
step size to their need. It can be used to lower the ECC strength to
match a bootloader/firmware config, but might also be used to get a better
reliability.
In the latter case, the user might want to use the maximum ECC strength
without having to explicitly calculate the exact value (this value not
only depends on the OOB size, but also on the NAND controller, and can
be tricky to extract).
Add a generic 'nand-ecc-maximize' DT property and the associated
NAND_ECC_MAXIMIZE flag, to let ECC controller drivers select the best
ECC strength and step-size on their own.
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
[Linux commit: ba78ee00e1ff84de9b3ad33edbd3ec599099ee82]
[masahiro: of_property_read_bool -> fdt_getprop for U-Boot]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Add stubs to the header in case CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ONFI_DETECTION is
disabled. This is much easier than adding around #ifdef to the
caller side.
Also, I removed the #ifdef around onfi_params. In Linux, onfi_params
and jedec_params are unified as union. It will be the right thing
to do.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Same macros are defined in various places. Collect them into
include/linux/bitops.h like Linux.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
These boards are on the boundary of "u-boot-nodtb.bin exceeds file
size limit" error.
Reduce the log-level to save memory footprint.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Read dma address using fdtdec_get_addr as it checks for
address cells and size cells and reads the address
properly. fdtdec_get_int always assume address is of int
size which goes wrong if using it on 64-bit architecture.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch makes SMMU work by moving the iommus node under the dwc3 child
entry from parent node.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Kumar Vulisha <anuragku@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch uncomments snps,quirk-frame-length-adjustment which has
the value to adjust the SOF/ITP generated from the controller.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds OTG interrupt support in device tree. It will add
an extra interrupt line number dedicated to OTG events. This will
enable OTG interrupts to serve in DWC3 OTG driver.
Signed-off-by: Manish Narani <mnarani@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds CCI support for USB when CCI is enabled in design.
This patch also adds 'reg' property for Xilinx USB 3.0 IP. The 'reg'
property is added in order to modify a register in that to enable
coherency in Hardware.
Also add address to unit name to avoid dtc warning
Signed-off-by: Manish Narani <mnarani@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds support for reading silicon revision using zynqmp nvmem
driver.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Kumar Vulisha <anuragku@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The AMS includes an ADC as well as on-chip sensors that can be used to
sample external voltages and monitor on-die operating conditions, such as
temperature and supply voltage levels.
Signed-off-by: Rajnikant Bhojani <rajnikant.bhojani@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch sets host quirk2 bit field for No 1.8V supported in case of
1.0 silicon. The 1.0 silicon doesn't have support for UHS-I modes. This
property will ensure the SD runs on High Speed mode.
Signed-off-by: Manish Narani <mnarani@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch modifies the phy_zynqmp.c driver to use reset-controller
framework for asserting/de-asserting reset for High Speed modules.
Also fix documentation and dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Kumar Vulisha <anuragku@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch add the reset nodes in zynqmp.dtsi which are used by
reset-controller framework
Signed-off-by: Anurag Kumar Vulisha <anuragku@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Only silicon v1 requires this termination fix. With new nvmem soc
revision nvmem detection driver this can be autodetected at run time and
this flag is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Generic dtsi file can't use the same mac address for all.
U-Boot read mac from eeprom in zcu102 case and for others random mac
address is generated.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
dtc reports issues with it.
arch/arm64/boot/dts/xilinx/zynqmp-zc1751-xm016-dc2.dtb: Warning
(unit_address_format): Node
/amba/spi@ff040000/spi0_flash0@0/spi0_flash0@00000000 unit name should
not have leading 0s
arch/arm64/boot/dts/xilinx/zynqmp-zc1751-xm016-dc2.dtb: Warning
(unit_address_format): Node
/amba/spi@ff050000/spi1_flash0@0/spi1_flash0@00000000 unit name should
not have leading 0s
arch/arm64/boot/dts/xilinx/zynqmp-ep108.dtb: Warning
(unit_address_format): Node
/amba/spi@ff040000/spi0_flash0@0/spi0_flash0@00000000 unit name should
not have leading 0s
arch/arm64/boot/dts/xilinx/zynqmp-ep108.dtb: Warning
(unit_address_format): Node
/amba/spi@ff050000/spi1_flash0@0/spi1_flash0@00000000 unit name should
not have leading 0s
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Some user space libraries reading platform compatible string and based
on that changing behavior. Mark revB board with revB string.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Currently DP power domain (pd_dp) is not attached to any of the DP nodes which is
causing genpd to trigger a power down request for DP domain, making all DP related
peripherals unusable. So assign power domains for all DP related nodes to enable
proper accounting of DP power domain usage.
Signed-off-by: Jyotheeswar Reddy <jyothee@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch disables the smmu and also removes the mmu-masters
Signed-off-by: Naga Sureshkumar Relli <nagasure@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds the calibration property with required value,
calculated based on rtc input crystal oscillator frequency (32.768Khz).
Signed-off-by: Nava kishore Manne <navam@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
AXI master interface in CEVA AHCI controller requires two unique
Write/Read ID tags per port. This is because, ahci controller uses
different AXI ID[3:0] bits for identifying non-data transfers(like
reading descriptors, updating PRD tables, etc) and data transfers
(like sending/receiving FIS).To make SMMU work with SATA we need to
add correct SMMU stream id for SATA. SMMU stream id for SATA is
determined based on the AXI ID[1:0] as shown below
SATA SMMU ID = <TBU number>, 0011, 00, 00, AXI ID[1:0]
Note: SATA in ZynqMp uses TBU1 so TBU number = 0x1, so
SMMU ID = 001, 0011, 00, 00, AXI ID[1:0]
Since we have four different AXI ID[3:0] (2 for port0 & 2 for port1
as said above) we get four different SMMU stream id's combinations
for SATA. These AXI ID can be configured using PAXIC register.
In this patch we assumed the below AXI ID values
Read ID/ Write ID for Non-Data Port0 transfers = 0
Read ID/ Write ID for Data Port0 transfers = 1
Read ID/ Write ID for Non-Data Port1 transfers = 2
Read ID/ Write ID for Data Port1 transfers = 3
Based on the above values,SMMU stream ID's for SATA will be 0x4c0 &
0x4c1 for PORT0, 0x4c2 & 0x4c3 for PORT1. These values needed to be
added to iommus dts property. This patch does the same.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Kumar Vulisha <anuragku@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
All gpio controllers should contain this property.
This property is not checked by the code that's why this issue wasn't
found earlier.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The correct register size is 0x10000, otherwise
it overlaps with other register space.
Signed-off-by: Hyun Kwon <hyun.kwon@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This will simplify dt overlay structure for the whole PL.
Signed-off-by: Nava kishore Manne <navam@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Extract from Linux mainline patch:
The ARM architected timer specification mandates that the interrupt
associated with each timer is level triggered (which corresponds to
the "counter >= comparator" condition).
A number of DTs are being remarkably creative, declaring the interrupt
to be edge triggered. A quick look at the TRM for the corresponding ARM
CPUs clearly shows that this is wrong, and I've corrected those.
For non-ARM designs (and in the absence of a publicly available TRM),
I've made them active low as well, which can't be completely wrong
as the GIC cannot disinguish between level low and level high.
The respective maintainers are of course welcome to prove me wrong.
While I was at it, I took the liberty to fix a couple of related issue,
such as some spurious affinity bits on ThunderX, and their complete
absence on ls1043a (both of which seem to be related to copy-pasting
from other DTs).
Acked-by: Duc Dang <dhdang@apm.com>
Acked-by: Carlo Caione <carlo@endlessm.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Acked-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
PM callbacks are delivered to the NS OS. Let the PM driver handle the
IRQ and retrieve callback data from the secure HW.
Signed-off-by: Soren Brinkmann <soren.brinkmann@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Changed min-residence to 10ms(was 100 ms) for cpu-sleep-0.
Tried lower values 5ms and 8ms and it worked fine with Debug Off.
But to accommodate PM Debug On case, 10 ms is required. With this
change, low power idle state is into effect more frequently.
Measured boot time with PM debugs On and Off. No change observed
compared to 100ms value.
Signed-off-by: Jolly Shah <jollys@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Will Wong <willw@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Koteswararao Nayudu <kotin@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Version string has unused fields 31:20 which can be used for exporting 9
bits from efuse IPDISABLE regs to recognize eg/cg/ev devices.
These efuse bits are setup for certain devices.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This modifies default value of config DEFINE_TCM_OCM_MMAP
to yes if CONFIG_MP is defined MP supports needs OCM and TCM
part of memory map.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The patch is adding external pmufw "Platform Management Unit firmware"
to boot.bin image. Boot.bin is a Xilinx format which bootrom is capable
to read and boot the system. pmufw is copied to the header data section
follows by u-boot-spl.bin. pmufw is consumed by PMU unit (Microblaze)
and SPL runs on a53-0.
This is generated command line when PMUFW_INIT_FILE is setup.
./tools/mkimage -T zynqmpimage -R ./"" -n
./"board/xilinx/zynqmp/pmufw.bin" -d spl/u-boot-spl.bin spl/boot.bin
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch provides a Kconfig option to use specified
memory for MMU table using reserve_mmu platform specific
routine. Here we used TCM space for MMU table.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch corrects the R5 release sequence by adding the
below steps.
1. Flush dcache to ensure that image loaded into memory.
2. Keep R5 reset just to ensure R5 in reset.
3. Disable caches before accessing TCM as with out this
A53 can do speculative and may result in ECC failures
if TCM's are not initialized. So, it is always better
to disable dcaches before accessing TCM and enable back.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Reported-by: John Linn <linnj@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add configuration files/dtses for mini u-boot configurations which runs
out of OCM.
ram top is calculated from 0 that's why +#define CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE
0xfffc0000
+#define CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_SIZE 0x40000
was hardcoded.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
cc108 board is wiring uart via PL which is good platform for SPL fpga
support.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All these configs were moved to Kconfig that's why this empty ifdef
structure is not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Mention device-type = "ethernet-phy", as qemu will need this in absence
of compatible.
Signed-off-by: Sai Pavan Boddu <saipava@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
In legacy method, 1st stage bootloader was used to configure the HW
setting such as NAND timing. Hence, adding a config option in Zynq
NAND driver for the compatibility of device that using 1st stage
bootloder instead of U-boot SPL.
This commit is to add config option
CONFIG_NAND_ZYNQ_USE_BOOTLOADER1_TIMINGS that allow NAND driver use
timing values set by the 1st stage bootloader, instead of the hard-coded
values in the Zynq NAND driver.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Westfahl <jeff.westfahl@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Lee <wilson.lee@ni.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Keng Soon Cheah <keng.soon.cheah@ni.com>
Cc: Chen Yee Chew <chen.yee.chew@ni.com>
Cc: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Cc: Scott Wood <oss@buserror.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
In
if (a || b)
else if (!a)
the constraint (!a) is always true if else is reached and
can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This option prevents booting on am335x_evm at least along with most
likely other platforms.
Fixes: 337bbb6297 ("spl: fit: add SPL_FIT_IMAGE_TINY config to reduce code-size")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
While the USB HW in the RZ/A is basically the same, there are some
differences from the original versions that were in the SH SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Chris Brandt <chris.brandt@renesas.com>
icorem6 has sd on usdhci1 which is devno 0 so return proper
devno from board_mmc_get_env_dev for icorem6 and icorem_6rqs
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add new board names for existing board support
imx6q - icore and icore_rqs boards
imx6ul - geam6ul and isiot boards
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
As per USDHC boot eFUSE descriptions:
USDHC3 => devno 2
USDHC4 => devno 3
Linux will detect mmc0, mmc1, mmc2 based on the status
"okay" on usdhc so imx6qdl-icore-rqs.dtsi has enabled
usdhc1, usdhc3 and usdhc4.But U-Boot can detect based
on the aliases so add mmc1, mmc2 for usdhc3 and usdhc4
respectively and return the board_mmc_get_env_dev
by subtracting -1
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
before relocation pinctrl data BSS is overlapping DT area,
when .data is using uninitialized global variable,
imx6_pinctrl_soc_info. So assign them flags ZERO_OFFSET_VALID
to prevent BSS overlap
Suggested-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reported-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
mx6sxsabresd can run different kernel versions, such as NXP 4.1 or mainline.
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the SD
card changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use the UUID method to specify the
rootfs location.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
imx_set_wdog_powerdown() is always used to disable the power down
enable bit, so remove the boolean parameter of the function.
It is also a bit strange to write a boolean value into registers,
so this new version makes explicit that we are writing 0.
While at it, rename it to imx_wdog_disable_powerdown().
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Clear powerdown enable bit for WDOG3 on i.MX6ULL to avoid unwanted
kernel reboots.
Suggested-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
i.MX6ULL has the same WDOG3 base address as i.MX6UL, so take this
into account in the base address definition.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The boot (and fallback/emergency boot) concept for the RK3399-Q7
differs from Rockchip's reference platforms.
On the RK3399-Q7, some of this functionality is present in the
bootloader itself (and configurable); some is backed in hardware by
the Qseven BIOS_DISABLE signal to invoke the final stages of fallbacks
(i.e. either an external boot bypassing on-module memories or falling
back to the BROM for USB recovery).
In summary: the ADC-based boot_mode check does not apply for the
RK3399-Q7 and we therefore disable it (in this commit) by setting
CONFIG_BOOT_MODE_REG to 0.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The ROCKCHIP_BOOT_MODE_REG option defaults to a hex value, so 0 will
show as 0x0 if a default is provided and changed via Kconfig.
However, it still will show as 0, if no default is given.
Consequently, the "is set to something other than 0" test in a
Makefile is cumbersome. Instead this check can easily be performed in
the C-code.
This removes the ifeq-check from mach-rockchip/Makefile, adds a
matching #if-check to boot_mode.c and fixes resulting link issues (if
boot_mode.o was not included due to the Makefile check) by defining a
stub function (in case the functionality is not built in) for
setup_boot_mode in boot_mode.c.
Fixes: e306779 (rockchip: make boot_mode related codes reused across all platforms)
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Existing FPGA program write is always assume RBF data >= 32 bytes, so
any rbf data less than 32 bytes writing to FPGA would be failed.
This patch enhances the FPGA program write to support rbf data with
size >= 4 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
This DT binding doc is porting from Linux DT binding doc.
commit 1adcbea4201a6852362aa5ece573f1f169b28113
Add a device tree bindings document for the SoCFPGA Arria10
FPGA Manager driver.
Signed-off-by: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Acked-By: Moritz Fischer <moritz.fischer@ettus.com>
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Increase the buffer length to be just above maximum permissible value
of 128 kiB . This increases the performance of the UMS and alike by a
factor of 2 - 2.5 as the buffers are less fragmented.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
When usb_hub_reset_devices is called, it should be passed both an
indicator which hub it should operate on and what port number (local
to that hub) should be reset.
Previously, the usb_hub.c code did not include such context and
always started resets from port number 1, performing multiple
reset-requests for the same devices:
/*
* Reset any devices that may be in a bad state when applying
* the power. This is a __weak function. Resetting of the devices
* should occur in the board file of the device.
*/
for (i = 0; i < dev->maxchild; i++)
usb_hub_reset_devices(i + 1);
This adds an additional 'hub' parameter to usb_hub_reset_devices
that provides the context to fully qualify the port-number in.
Existing implementations are changed to accept and ignore the new
parameter.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@theobroma-systems.com>
Its a valid use case to call ehci_submit_async() with a NULL buffer
with length 0. E.g. from usb_set_configuration().
As invalidate_dcache_range() isn't able to judge if the address
NULL is valid or not (depending on the SoC hardware configuration it
might be valid) do the check in ehci_submit_async() as here we know
that we don't have to invalidate such a buffer.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Behme <dirk.behme@de.bosch.com>
Currently we check in ehci_shutdown() if ctrl is NULL after
dereferencing it.
Before this we have already dereferenced ctrl, ctrl->hccr,
and ctrl->hcor in ehci_get_portsc_register(), ehci_submit_root(),
and hci_common_init().
A better approach is to already check ctrl, ctrl->hccr, and ctrl->hcor
during the initialization in ehci_register() and usb_lowlevel_init()
and signal an error here via the return code.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add firmware V3, firmware loader and XHCI glue for the Renesas R-Car
Gen3 SoCs XHCI controller. Thus far only the R-Car Gen3 R8A7795 ES2.0+
and R8A7796 are supported.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Commit 9000eddbae ("drivers/usb/ehci: Use platform-specific accessors")
broke USB 2.0 on big-endian platforms because for them writel/readl()
does automatic conversion of BE data to LE.
Proper implementation requires to use "raw" variant of these accessors
which read/write data without messing with endianess.
While at it replace cpu_to_be32() to be32_to_cpu() in readl() to
keep sane semantics.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reported-by: Vladimir Boroda <boroda@yahoo.com>
Usb tree/info commands iterate over all usb uclass devices recursively.
Blk uclass devices based on struct blk_desc are created for mass storage
device, treating them as usb uclass devices based on struct usb_device
and referencing usb config interface descriptors cause crash.
To fix, ignore blk and usb_emul uclass devices in usb_show_info
and usb_tree_graph. Also avoid addition of preamble for blk uclass
child devices, otherwise tree dump gets messed up.
Signed-off-by: Suneel Garapati <suneelglinux@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3399 has a total of 9 I2C controllers. To support these, the
enum in periph.h is extended and the mapping from the IRQ numbers to
the peripheral-ids is extended to ensure that pinctrl requests are
passed through to the function configuring the I2C pins.
For I2C8, the pinctrl is implemented and tested (on a RK3399-Q7) using
communication with the FAN53555 connected on I2C8.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
The RK3399 clk driver still has a left-over use of extract_bits, which
can be replaced by using bitfield_extract from include/bitfield.h.
This rewrites the invocation to use the shared function.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
A minor code-size increase from the changes for tracking the os-type
of FIT images and from infrastructure for recording the loadables into
the the loaded FDT, broke the builds for sun50i and some OMAP2+ devices.
This change adds a new config option (enabled by default for
MACH_SUN50I, MACH_SUN50I_H5 and ARCH_OMAP2PLUS) that does skips these
processing steps (bringing code size down to below the limit
again). The os-type is not evaluated, but assumed to be IH_OS_UBOOT
(i.e. taking the code-paths intended for backward-compatibility).
Note that enabling this config option precludes any useful downstream
processing, such as utilising a special calling convention for ATF or
OPTEE, based on the os-type of the loadables.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This tracks the SPL changes for ATF for the RK3368-uQ7:
* renames ATF_SUPPORT to ATF
* drops CONFIG_SPL_ATF_TEXT_BASE (now dynamically retrieved from
the .itb file)
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This defconfig update makes use of the new features:
* CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_SPL_RESERVE_IRAM is now set to 0, as there is no
overlap between the M0 firmware and the ATF (we load this to DRAM
and relocate it to its final location within the ATF)
* tracks the ATF_SUPPORT -> ATF renaming
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For the RK3368-uQ7, we can now update the .its file to mark the
Trusted Firmware as out 'firmware' bootable and annotate both ATF and
U-Boot with an OS-type.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit updates the .its file for the RK3399-Q7 to use the new
features and demonstrates how to use those:
* it marks the ATF as the 'firmware'
* it tracks the OS-type for U-Boot and ATF
* it loads the PMU (M0) firmware to DRAM and records the location
to /fit-images (where our ATF reads it from)
With the handoff of the next-stage FDT to ATF in place, we can now use
this to pass information about the load addresses and names of each
loadables to ATF: now we can load the M0 firmware into DRAM and avoid
overwriting parts of the SPL stage. This is achieved by changing our
.its-file to use an available area of DRAM as the load-address.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This tracks the SPL changes for ATF for the Firefly:
* renames ATF_SUPPORT to ATF
* drops CONFIG_SPL_ATF_TEXT_BASE
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Having CONFIG_SPL_ATF seems more natural.
Rename it, while it it is easy and there's few boards that use it
(only RK3399 and RK3368 boards).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds a new interface spl_invoke_atf() that takes a spl_image_info
argument and then derives the necessary parameters for the ATF entry.
Based on the additional information recorded (into /fit-images) from
the FIT loadables, we can now easily locate the next boot stage.
We now pass a pointer to a FDT as the platform-specific parameter
pointer to ATF (so we don't run into the future headache of every
board/platform defining their own proprietary tag-structure), as
FDT access is already available in ATF.
With the necessary infrastructure in place, we can now update the
support for the ARM Trusted Firmware to dispatch into the
spl_invoke_atf function only if a IH_OS_ARM_TRUSTED_FIRMWARE image is
loaded.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If a FDT was loaded (e.g. to append it to U-Boot image), we store it's
address and record information for all loadables into this FDT. This
allows us to easily keep track of images for multiple privilege levels
(e.g. with ATF) or of firmware images preloaded into temporary
locations (e.g. PMU firmware that may overlap the SPL stage).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
During the loading of more complex FIT images (e.g. when the invoked
next stage needs to find additional firmware for a power-management
core... or if there are multiple images for different privilege levels
started in parallel), it is helpful to create a record of what images
are loaded where: if a FDT is loaded for one of the next stages, it
can be used to convey the status and location of loadables.
This adds a fdt_record_loadable() function that can be invoked to
record the status of each loadable below the /fit-images path.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To better support bootin through an ATF or OPTEE, we need to
streamline some of the logic for when the FDT is appended to an image:
depending on the image type, we'd like to append the FDT not at all
(the case for the OS boot), to the 'firmware' image (if it is a
U-Boot) or to one of the loadables (if the 'firmware' is an ATF, an
OPTEE, or some other image-type and U-Boot is listed in the
loadabled).
To achieve this goal, we drop the os_boot flag and track the type of
image loaded. If it is of type IH_OS_U_BOOT, we append the FDT.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Mainly a stylistic change: convert the load_addr and entry_point
fields of struct spl_image_info to uintptr_t (from ulong).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When loading a full U-Boot with detached device-tree using the SPL FIT
backend, we should store the address of the FDT loaded as part of the
SPL image info: this allows us to fixup the FDT with additional info
we may want to propagate onward.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To boot on ARMv8 systems with ARM Trusted Firmware, we need to
assemble an ATF-specific parameter structure and also provide the
address of the images started by ATF (e.g. BL3-3, which may be the
full U-Boot).
To allow us to identify an ARM Trusted Firmware contained in a FIT
image, this adds the necessary definitions.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As per ARC HS databook (see chapter 5.3.3.2) it is required to add
3 NOPs after each write to IC_IVIC which we do from now on.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Eugeniy Paltsev <paltsev@synopsys.com>
Currently slave cores will be kick-started even if we want
to dry run bootm which is not what we really want.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Eugeniy Paltsev <paltsev@synopsys.com>
MRC (Memory Reference Code) is a binary blob used to set up the SDRAM
controller on some Intel boards. Add a test for this feature.
With this test coverage on binman is back up to 100%.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a test for this feature. It allows SPL to hold a pointer to the
microcode block. This is used for 64-bit U-Boot on x86.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a main program so that the tests can be executed directly, without
going through the main binman program.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a test that the 'entry' module works with or without importlib.
The tests are numbered so that they are executed in the correct order.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a little check at the top of entry.py which decides if importlib
is available. At present this has no test coverage. To add this we will
need to import the module twice, once with importlib and once without.
In preparation for allowing a test to control the importing of this
module, remove all global imports of the 'entry' module.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The tests were broken by two separate commits which adjusted the output
when boards are listed. Fix this by adding back a PowerPC board and
putting the name of each board in the test.
Fixes: b9f7d881 (powerpc, 5xx: remove some "5xx" remains)
Fixes: 8d7523c5 (buildman: Allow showing the list of boards with -n)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Accessing the network slows down the test and limits the environment in
which it can be run. Add an option to disable network tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This script runs the tests but does not report failure. Also it always
returns an exit code of 0 even on failure.
Fix these problems by checking the result of each test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present these tests use the same filename as patman. This adds
confusion when running all tests, since error messages look very similar.
In fact binman tries to run the wrong tests at present.
Rename the tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These test programs are includedd as binary files in U-Boot to avoid
having to build them (and associated toolchain differences). Instructions
on building are in the files themselves, but it seems better to provide
a Makefile which can be manually run when desired.
Add a Makefile, separate from the normal build system, to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a debugging option in the Makefile to allow people to figure out
which u-boot.dtsi files are used in the build. But is it not easy to use
since it only shows files it finds, not those it is looking for. Update it
and update the mention of it to the docs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A few header files still have a definition of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE, causing
warnings during buildman runs. This removes the duplicate definitions
from evb_px5.h, geekbox.h and rv1108_common.h.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Rockchip bootrom will enter download mode if it returns from
spl/tpl with a non-zero value and couldn't find a valid image
in the backup partition.
This patch provide a method to instruct the system to back to
bootrom download mode by checking the BROM_DOWNLOAD_FLAG register.
As the bootrom download function relys on some modules such as
interrupts, so we need to back to bootrom as early as possbile
before the tpl/spl code override the interrupt configurations.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
setup_boot_mode function use the same logic but different
mode register address across all the rockchip platforms,
so it's better to make this function reused across all the
platforms, and let the mode register address setting from
the config file.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
After applying the merged sysreset driver, there are build failures
due to an out-of-sync Makefile. This updates drivers/sysreset/Makefile
to address these build failures.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
With all targets converted to generate prepadded images, this removes
the spl_boot0 field from our config structure and removes the unused
code-path (for images that are not prepadded): i.e. spl_boot0 is now
implied as 'true' and the code is specialised by removing the other
case.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
There still are a few CONFIG_SPL_* options selected using defines from
rk3188_common.h instead of via Kconfig. This migrates those over to
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The BROM supports forcing it to enter download-mode, if an appropriate
result/cmd-word is returned to it. There already is a series to
support this in review, so this prepares the (newly C-version) of the
back-to-bootrom code to accept a cmd to passed on to the BROM.
All the existing call-sites are adjusted to match the changed function
signature.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
For the RK3188, the BROM will attempt to load up the first stage
image (SPL for the RK3188) in two steps: first 1KB to offset 0x800
in the SRAM and then the remainder to offset 0xc00 in the SRAM.
It always enters at 0x804, though.
With this changeset, the RK3188 boot removes the TPL (stub) stage and
builds a single SPL binary that utilizes the early back-to-bootrom via
the boot0-hook.
Consequently, the passing of the saved boot params via pmu->os_reg[2]
is also removed.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The back-to-bootrom implementation for Rockchip has always relied on
the stack-pointer being valid on entry, so there was little reason to
have this as an assembly implementation.
This provides a new C-only implementation of save_boot_params and
back_to_bootrom (relying on setjmp/longjmp) and removes the older
assembly-only implementation.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
The previous setjmp-implementation (as a static inline function that
contained an 'asm volatile' sequence) was extremely fragile: (some
versions of) GCC optimised the set of registers. One critical example
was the removal of 'r9' from the clobber list, if -ffixed-reg9 was
supplied.
To increase robustness and ensure PCS-compliant behaviour, the setjmp
and longjmp implementation are now in assembly and closely match what
one would expect to find in a libc implementation.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
As no '.type' was set for save_boot_params_ret in start.S, binutils
did not track whether it was emitted as A32 or T32. By properly
marking save_boot_params_ret as a potential function entry, we can
make sure that the compiler will insert the appropriate instructions
for branching to save_boot_params_ret both for call-sites emitted as
A32 and T32.
Reported-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
The save_boot_params_ret() prototype (for those of us, that have a
valid SP on entry and can implement save_boot_params() in C), was
previously only defined for !defined(CONFIG_ARM64).
This moves the declaration to a common block to ensure the prototype
is available to everyone that might need it.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
Some Rockchip BROM versions (e.g. the RK3188 and RK3066) first read 1KB data
from NAND into SRAM and executes it. Then, following a return to bootrom, the
BROM loads additional code to SRAM (not overwriting the first block read) and
reenters at the same address as the first time.
To support booting either a TPL (on the RK3066) or SPL (on the RK3188) using
this model of having to count entries, this commit adds code to the boot0
hook to track the number of entries and handle them accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Paweł Jarosz <paweljarosz3691@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andy Yan <andy.yan@rock-chips.com>
This updates the BCM281xx boot0-hook to the updated boot0 semantics
by emitting _start and the vector table before the boot0 hook (as
was the case before).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This updates the BCM235xx boot0-hook to the updated boot0 semantics
by emitting _start and the vector table before the boot0 hook (as
was the case before).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Version-changes: 5
- ran 'whitespace-cleanup'
With the updated boot0 semantics (i.e. giving the boot0-hook control
over when and where the vector table is emitted), the boot0-hook for
the socfpga needs to be adjusted.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
With the boot0-hook inserting the additional padding to receive our
SPL magic, the SPL_TEXT_BASE can be aligned again.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Enable the spl_boot0 in SPL and use the pre-padding TAG memory,
the mkimage do not need to pad it but only need to replace the value
with correct TAG value.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
[Updated:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Rockchip SoCs bootrom design is like this:
- First 2KB or 4KB internal memory is for bootrom stack and heap;
- Then the first 4-byte suppose to be a TAG like 'RK33';
- The the following memory address end with '0004' is the first
instruction load and running by bootrom;
Let's use the boot0 hook to reserve the first 4-byte tag for all
the Rockchip SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
[Commit message taken from an older patch by:]
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The '_start' is using as vector table base address, and will write
to VBAR register, so it needs to be aligned to 0x20 for armv7.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
[Updated to current code base:]
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The boot0 hook on ARM does not insert its payload before the vector
table. This is both a mismatch with thec comment above it and
contradict usage of the boot0 hook on ARM64.
To fix this (and unify the semantics for ARM and ARM64), we change the
boot0-hook semantics on ARM to match those on ARM64:
(1) if a boot0-hook is present it is inserted at the start of
the image
(2) if a boot0-hook is present, emitting the ARM vector table
(and the _start) symbol are suppressed in vectors.S and
the boot0-hook has full control over where and when it
wants to emit these
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Configure thermal configs to remain set by default for dra7xx and am57xx
devices.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The dra7xx series of SOCs contain a temperature sensor and an
associated analog-to-digital converter (ADC) which produces
an output which is proportional to the SOC temperature.
Add support for this temperature sensor.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Old url currently returns 403; modify to url that actually works
with current state of the list server
Signed-off-by: S. Lockwood-Childs <sjl@vctlabs.com>
With commit 84d46e7e89 ("tools: env: allow to print U-Boot version")
the fw_env utilities need the version.h header file. Building only
the envtools in a pristine build directory will fail due to missing
header files.
Make sure the header files are a dependency of the envtools target.
Fixes: 84d46e7e89 ("tools: env: allow to print U-Boot version")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When building on a multi-core machine for an SPL-enabled board that
also uses CONFIG_OF_EMBED, the following error can be encountered
due to a race condition:
make[3]: *** No rule to make target 'spl/dts/dt.dtb.o', needed by
'spl/dts/built-in.o'. Stop.
../scripts/Makefile.spl:364: recipe for target 'spl/dts' failed
make[2]: *** [spl/dts] Error 2
make[2]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
A reliable way to trigger this race condition is to add "sleep 60" to
the end of the "arch-dtbs" rule's recipe in "dts/Makefile" and to build
U-Boot against a board which uses the CONFIG_OF_EMBED and CONFIG_SPL
options using "make -j8" or a similar command.
This commit corrects this race condition via the use of CONFIG_OF_EMBED
in the same way that commit 3c00a2c8b5 ("Makefile: Correct dependency
race condition with TPL") and commit 054b3a1e80 ("dm: Makefile: Build
of-platdata before SPL") use CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE.
Signed-off-by: M. Vefa Bicakci <m.v.b@runbox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
0 is not a pointer. So do not compare pointers to 0.
Do not return 0 from functions with a pointer return
type.
Problem identified with Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add some useful static code analysis scripts for coccinelle
copied from the Linux kernel v4.14-rc8:
Warn on check against NULL before calling free.
scripts/coccinelle/free/ifnullfree.cocci
Detect superfluous NULL check for list iterator.
scripts/coccinelle/iterators/itnull.cocci
Check if list iterator is reassigned.
scripts/coccinelle/iterators/list_entry_update.cocci
Check if list iterator is used after loop.
scripts/coccinelle/iterators/use_after_iter.cocci
Find wrong argument of sizeof in allocation function:
scripts/coccinelle/misc/badty.cocci
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Coccinelle is a program for static code analysis.
For details on Coccinelle see
http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/
Add scripts/coccicheck copied from Linux kernel v4.14.
The coccicheck script executes the tests *.cocci in
directory scripts/coccinelle by calling spatch.
In Makefile add a coccicheck target. You can use it with
make coccicheck MODE=<mode>
where mode in patch, report, context, org.
Add a copy of Linux v4.14 file Documentation/dev-tools/coccinelle.rst
as doc/README.coccinelle.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The iterator variable of list_for_each is never NULL.
if (1 || A) is always true.
Use break if entry found.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
As per current android recommendation
https://source.android.com/devices/architecture/kernel/modular-kernels
1. Android recovery mode should contain both SOC and ODM
kernel modules in the recovery partition.
2. If a kernel module is required both in recovery and normal boot
mode, the module has to be located in recovery and vendor
partition seperately.
3. Kernel modules used in recovery mode should be independent
of vendor and odm partition
4. Recovery image should contain atleast
storage, display, keypad, battery and pmic modules.
Due to these requirements, recovery image size has increased
to >10MB.
This patch is to increase recovery partition size for TI devices
so that we dont see such flashing error
log:
sending 'recovery' (12560 KB)...
OKAY [ 0.436s]
writing 'recovery'...
FAILED (remote: too large for partition)
finished. total time: 0.458s
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
ld --version | scripts/ld-version.sh
fails with
awk: scripts/ld-version.sh:
line 4: regular expression compile failed (missing '(')
.*)
So let's refresh the script from Linux kernel v4.14-rc8.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
sym_arr is of type struct symbol **.
So in malloc we need sizeof(struct symbol *).
The problem was indicated by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add a driver for the I2C controller available on Amlogic Meson SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Currently the MX6QDL option is selected via CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS,
but it is better to select it directly via Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The VPD data is used on a number of GE products. Move the parsing code to
a common location so that we can share this code.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add support for bootcounter on an EXT filesystem.
Sync configuration whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Some fixes when reading EXT files and directory entries were identified
after using e2fuzz to corrupt an EXT3 filesystem:
- Stop reading directory entries if the offset becomes badly aligned.
- Avoid overwriting memory by clamping the length used to zero the buffer
in ext4fs_read_file. Also sanity check blocksize.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
This reverts commit b8b9790e23.
Some wandboard variants no longer boot after this commit, so keep
the original delay to avoid the boot regression.
Reported-by: Varga Zsolt <vazso@vazso.hu>
Tested-by: Varga Zsolt <vazso@vazso.hu>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Command run setup_emmc will create gpt partitions for mmc 0 device
based on patitions variable.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Change dfu_alt_info variable to use the following altsetting:
uboot: To flash raw U-Boot
/zImage: boot: To copy kernel image
/imx6ul-pico-hobbit.dtb: To copy dtb file
rootfs: To copy rootfs
List the currently attached DFU capable USB devices running:
sudo dfu-util -l
Flash U-Boot:
sudo dfu-util -D u-boot.imx -a uboot
Copy boot files:
sudo dfu-util -D zImage -a /zImage
sudo dfu-util -D imx6ul-pico-hobbit.dtb -a /imx6ul-pico-hobbit.dtb
Flash rootfs:
sudo dfu-util -D rootfs.ext4 -a rootfs
To copy boot files you need to have a formated mmc 0:1 partition. To
format with ext4 filesystem you can use ums.
Run on target:
ums 0 mmc 0
and on host:
sudo mkfs.ext4 /dev/sdx1
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and using
the UUID method to specify the rootfs location is a better approach
working even if mmcblk number for the eMMC changes depending on the
kernel versions.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
We first introduce CONFIG_USE_BOOTCOMMAND, similar to
CONFIG_USE_BOOTARGS. We then migrate CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND for most
CONFIG_DISTRO_DEFAULT users. In some cases platforms have a complex
scheme around this usage, and these have been defered for the moment so
that platform maintainers can work on a migration plan.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Since CONFIG_DEFAULT_CONSOLE is already started with "console=",
the console argument in CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS is expanded to
"console=console=ttySAC1,115200n8" and this causes the wrong
console device.
#define CONFIG_DEFAULT_CONSOLE "console=ttySAC1,115200n8\0"
...
#define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
"console=" CONFIG_DEFAULT_CONSOLE
Signed-off-by: Dongjin Kim <tobetter@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
UARTs 1 through 5 were missing in the code - added.
Also pick the default according to the configuration setting for the
console index.
Signed-off-by: Ronald Landheer-Cieslak <ronaldlandheercieslak@eaton.com>
This patch is to change U-Boot PCI bus assignement compliant with Linux.
It means each PCIe controller's bus number is 0, not the current maximum
PCI bus number, when start to scan this controller.
Signed-off-by: Minghuan Lian <Minghuan.Lian@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
While commit 36d35345b1 ("tpm: add missing va_end") added
some missing calls to va_end(), it missed a few places.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <adraszik@tycoint.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
TPM_NV_PER_PPREAD: physical presence needed for reading
TPM_NV_PER_WRITEDEFINE: persistent write lock by writing size 0
TPM_NV_PER_WRITEALL: write in one go
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <adraszik@tycoint.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function to obtain random data from the TPM.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <adraszik@tycoint.com>
Added commit message, add cast to min()
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow the platform to define a partition by name at the end of which
the environment data will be located.
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge.ramirez-ortiz@linaro.org>
In U-boot, serial_tstc was use to determine is there have a character in
serial console that pending for read. If there is no "pending" function
implemented in serial driver, the serial-uclass will return "true(1)"
to indicate there have a character pending to read.
Thus, read a character from nulldev serial will result in continuous
getting -EAGAIN return which might lead system to hang.
This commit is to fix a bug in nulldev serial which implement "pending"
function in nulldev serial to always indicate there is no character in
console that pending for read.
Signed-off-by: Wilson Lee <wilson.lee@ni.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Keng Soon Cheah <keng.soon.cheah@ni.com>
Cc: Chen Yee Chew <chen.yee.chew@ni.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is required in the case where U-Boot is typically loaded and run at
a particular address, but for some reason the RAM at that location is not
available, e.g. due to memory fragmentation loading other boot binaries or
firmware, splitting an SMP complex between various different OSs without
using e.g. the EL2 second-stage page tables to hide the memory asignments,
or due to known ECC failures.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
It can be useful to record how long tests take; this can help debug slow
running test systems or track changes in performance over time. Enhance
the test system to record timestamps while running test:
- Whenever a new log file section is started.
- After U-Boot is started and communication has been established.
- After each host or U-Boot command is executed.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Fix clock division factor initialization for RCC_PLLCFGR
registers.
PLLR bits (bit 31-28) in RCC_PLLCFGR must not be cleared,
it's a forbidden value. So update RCC_PLLCFGR using
clrsetbits_le32() to set only necessary bits fields.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert this driver to driver model.
This driver is also used by VEXPRESS platforms which doesn't
use driver model.
Tested on STM32F746 and STM32F769 platforms.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Priouzeau <christophe.priouzeau@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Update arm_pl180_mmci_init() prototype by adding struct mmc**
param. This is needed before converting this driver to driver model
in order to use arm_pl180_mmci_init() in driver model and in none
driver model implementation
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This option provides better performance and should really always be
enabled. Make this be default y.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
This patch adds support for the Internal RMII Ethernet PHY on the
Amlogic P212 Reference Board.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
On Amlogic Meson GXL/GXM, supplementary ethernet configuration registers
were added to configure the internal RMII PHY interface.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The Amlogic Meson GXL/GXM families embeds an internal RMII Ethernet PHY.
The PHY acts as a generic PHY but needs a slight configuration right
before it's configuration.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
lib/libfdt/ and scripts/dtc/libfdt have the same copies for the
followings 6 files:
fdt.c fdt_addresses.c fdt_empty_tree.c fdt_overlay.c fdt_strerr.c
fdt_sw.c
Make them a wrapper of scripts/dtc/libfdt/*. This is exactly what
Linux does to sync libfdt. In order to make is possible, import
<linux/libfdt.h> and <linux/libfdt_env.h> from Linux 4.14-rc5.
Unfortunately, U-Boot locally modified the following 3 files:
fdt_ro.c fdt_wip.c fdt_rw.c
The fdt_region.c is U-Boot own file.
I did not touch them in order to avoid unpredictable impact.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Add this typedef in the same place as in Linux. This is necessary
to refactor libfdt inclusion.
U-Boot also defines it in include/compiler.h. Of course it should
not do that, but I do not want to open a can of worms.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Prior to this commit, tools/Makefile pulls all libfdt files from
lib/libfdt.
lib/libfdt/ and scripts/dtc/libfdt have the same copies for the
followings 6 files:
fdt.c fdt_addresses.c fdt_empty_tree.c fdt_overlay.c fdt_strerr.c
fdt_sw.c
This commit changes them to #include ones from scripts/dtc/libfdt.
Unfortunately, U-Boot locally modified the following 3 files:
fdt_ro.c fdt_wip.c fdt_rw.c
I did not touch them in order to avoid unpredictable impact.
The fdt_region.c is U-Boot own file. This is also borrowed from
lib/libfdt/.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Fortunately, U-Boot did not modify libfdt_internal.h locally.
Change it to a wrapper of scripts/dtc/libfdt/fdt.h, which will be
periodically synced with the upstream DTC (or kernel).
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Fortunately, U-Boot did not modify fdt.h locally.
Change it to a wrapper of scripts/dtc/libfdt/fdt.h, which will be
periodically synced with the upstream DTC (or kernel).
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Currently, pylibfdt is always compiled if swig is installed on your
machine. It is really annoying because most of targets (excepts
x86, sunxi, rockchip) do not use dtoc or binman.
"checkbinman" and "checkdtoc" are wrong. It is odd that the final
build stage checks if we have built necessary tools. If your platform
depends on dtoc/binman, you must be able to build pylibfdt. If swig
is not installed, it should fail immediately.
I added PYLIBFDT, DTOC, BINMAN entries to Kconfig. They should be
property select:ed by platforms that need them. Kbuild will descend
into scripts/dtc/pylibfdt/ only when CONFIG_PYLIBFDT is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The pylibfdt is used by dtoc (and, indirectly by binman), but there
is no reason why it must be generated in the tools/ directory.
Recently, U-Boot switched over to the bundled DTC, and the directory
structure under scripts/dtc/ now mirrors the upstream DTC project.
So, scripts/dtc/pylibfdt is the best location.
I also rewrote the Makefile in a cleaner Kbuild style.
The scripts from the upstream have been moved as follows:
lib/libfdt/pylibfdt/setup.py -> scripts/dtc/pylibfdt/setup.py
lib/libfdt/pylibfdt/libfdt.i -> scripts/dtc/pylibfdt/libfdt.i_shipped
The .i_shipped is coped to .i during building because the .i must be
located in the objtree when we build it out of tree.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This adds the following commits from upstream:
b1a6003 tests: Add a test for overlays syntactic sugar
737b2df overlay: Add syntactic sugar version of overlays
497432f checks: Use proper format modifier for size_t
22a65c5 dtc: Bump version to v1.4.5
c575d80 Add fdtoverlay to .gitignore
b6a6f94 fdtoverlay: Sanity check blob size
8c1eb15 pylibfdt: Use Python2 explicitly
ee3d26f checks: add interrupts property check
c1e7738 checks: add gpio binding properties check
b3bbac0 checks: add phandle with arg property checks
[ sync with Linux commit: 4201d057ea91c3d6efd2db65219bc91fae413bc2 ]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
libfdt has gained some new files. We need to include them in the
kernel's copy.
Reported-by: Kyle Yan <kyan@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
[ Linux commit: 4322323058f010274564006d61945187a15b6361 ]
This adds platform code for the Amlogic P212 reference board based on a
Meson GXL (S905X) SoC with the Meson GXL configuration.
This initial submission only supports UART and MMC/SDCard, support for the
internal Ethernet PHY in Work In Progress.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Add the Amlogic Meson GXL pinctrl support based on the GXBB driver and
the synchronized DTS from Linux 4.13.5
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
Synchronize the Amlogic ARM64 dts from mainline Linux 4.13.5
In the preparation of the support of the Amlogic P212 board,
import the corresponding meson-gxl-s905x-p212.dts file.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Beniamino Galvani <b.galvani@gmail.com>
All regulators are hooked to EN_Pin at reset so that EN Pin controls
their state. Hook the LDO1 regulator to EN pin which at reset is not
hooked. This applies only to LP8733.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For the DM TPS65910 driver I'm working on, querying the MPU voltage
should return a value in uV. This value can then be used by the
regulator's standard function set_value to set the MPU voltage.
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The offset of the permanent flags structure is in a different
place in the response compared to what the code is doing,
which gives us a completely useless result.
Fix by replacing hand-crafted code with generic parser
infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <adraszik@tycoint.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The maximum length of the name of the image is
obviously not sizeof(), which is just the
length of a pointer, but IH_NMLEN.
fixes: 62cf11c092
("SPL: Limit image name print length")
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <adraszik@tycoint.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This currently causes a warning in sandbox and will not do the right
thing:
drivers/core/read.c: In function ‘dev_read_addr_ptr’:
drivers/core/read.c:64:44: warning: cast to pointer from integer of
different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
return (addr == FDT_ADDR_T_NONE) ? NULL : (void *)addr;
Use map_sysmem() which is the correct way to convert an address to a
pointer.
Fixes: c131c8bca8 (dm: core: add dev_read_addr_ptr())
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Since the compiler is free to place a char array to any address in
memory (in this case the stack), also to a non word aligned address the
function "fdt_prop_parse" runs into troubles upon it wants to write some
(fdt32_t *) to such a variable (if it has been placed to a none word
aligned address).
To avoid this we tell the compiler to always align this scratchpad to a
word aligned address.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Tested-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All current ClearFog SOMs have the SPI flash populated. Enable SPI flash in
the device tree.
Add an alias to the SPI bus so that the 'sf' command can probe the flash on
bus 1.
Add the "spi-flash" compatible string to make the standard SPI flash driver
probe the device.
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The production variant of the SPI flash used by the clearfog
devices are based on winbond chips. Additionally enable
SPI_FLASH_BAR since some variants will have 16MB of flash
that requires this to be enabled.
Remove the default speed and mode; these values are taken from the
device tree when CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH is enabled.
Add default bus, so that 'sf' detects the SPI flash by default.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
[baruch: remove speed/mode; add bus; move winbond to defconfig]
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable the driver by default for the clearfog boards since the external
port is configured for XHCI.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
[baruch: split from the SoC setup patch]
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This fixes the USB 3.0 support for the a38x SOC.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
[baruch: use fdt_addr_t]
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This makes the initial changes need to support the
a38x series of SOCs. It adds the device-tree identifier
as well as changing the board_support function to take
the IO address designated by device-tree.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
[baruch: use fdt_addr_t; update 37xx and 8K implementations]
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable DISTRO_DEFAULTS for
mvebu_db_armada8k_defconfig
mvebu_mcbin-88f8040_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The board uses T-topology for the four x16 DRAM chips, so remove
the write-leveling from the SPL as that is only usefly on fly-by
topology and can be harmful on T-topology. Also update the DRAM
timing with values from calibration on multiple boards.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Update help message for "mac" command to reflect correct descriptions
and parameters.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Value provided in MC_MEM_SIZE_ENV_VAR is in hex. Use 16 as base
in simple_strtoul.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Distro boot support gives flexibility to run distro RFS like Ubuntu
being deployed from SD card or SATA drive. If it fails to detect
external storage, fall back to qspi/sd boot.
Enable this by default in RDB's defconfig by selecting
CONFIG_DISTRO_DEFAULTS
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Ying <zhangying@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Currently the chipselect used to identify the corresponding NAND chip
is stored at the controller and only set during fsl_ifc_chip_init().
This way, only the last NAND chip is working, as the previous value
of cs_nand gets overwritten.
In order to solve this issue the chipselect is computed on demand by
evaluating the bank variable. Thus, the correct chipselect for each
NAND chip operation is used.
Tested on hardware with two NAND chips connected to the IFC
controller.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <oss@buserror.net>
[YS: reformatted commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The zero value returned from qbman_swp_acquire() is an error
condition meaning no free buffer for allocation.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Kushwaha Prabhakar <prabhakar@freescale.com>
[YS: revised commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This reverts commit c61d0009fe.
A tbs2910 board user reported a very slow console frambuffer as
regression in current u-boot. I could bisect this down to the
above mentioned commit.
This revert brings back the fast framebuffer console (one
cache flush per string in puts(), not after each char).
Reported-by: Uwe Scheffler <scheffler.u@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Tested-by: Uwe Scheffler <scheffler.u@web.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The eMMC is 1V8 device only and the signaling is always 1V8,
fix the DT for Salvator-X/XS to describe the hardware correctly.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
After updating u-boot from v2016.01 to 2017.09, issue with
"SATA link 0 timeout." on my Cubietruck board.
mdelay milled after moving satapwr code to board.
"sunxi: Turn satapwr on from board_init"
(sha1: 9fbb0c3aa4)
After adding the "mdelay(500);"
line that was lost in the path the error is gone.
Signed-off-by: Werner Böllmann <Werner.Boellmann@fh-dortmund.de>
[Rebased and updated change and commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Only the H3/H5 SoCs have an internal PHY and its related clock and
reset controls.
Use an #ifdef to guard the internal PHY control code block so it
can be built for other SoCs, such as the A83T or A64.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
due misnaming of CONFIG_SUN4I_EMAC in include/configs/sunxi-common.h,
likely missed in:
commit 3146f0c017 ("Move PHYLIB to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Artturi Alm <artturi.alm@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The following error has been observed on i.MX25 with a high-speed SDSC
card:
Data Write Failed in PIO Mode.
It was caused by the timeout set on PRSSTAT.BWEN, which was triggered
because this bit takes 15 ms to be set after writing the first block to
DATPORT with this card. Without this timeout, all the blocks are
properly written.
This timeout was implemented by decrementing a variable, so it was
depending on the CPU frequency. Fix this issue by setting this timeout
to a long enough absolute duration (500 ms).
Signed-off-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
When a high speed card is connected to mx51evk the following error is seen:
U-Boot 2017.11-rc2 (Oct 18 2017 - 13:49:26 -0200)
CPU: Freescale i.MX51 rev3.0 at 800 MHz
Reset cause: POR
Board: MX51EVK
DRAM: 512 MiB
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 1
*** Warning - read failed, using default environment
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Net: FEC
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
=> saveenv
Saving Environment to MMC...
Writing to MMC(0)... failed
The root cause for the failure is the eSDHC-A001 erratum:
"eSDHC-A001 : Data timeout counter (SYSCTL[DTOCV]) is not reliable for
values of 0x4,0x8, and 0xC" that is listed
on some PowerArchitecture chips:
https://www.nxp.com/files-static/32bit/doc/errata/MPC8379ECE.pdf
Even though eSDHC-A001 is not documented on the i.MX51 errata document,
I have confirmed with the NXP design team that this erratum does affect
i.MX51, so fix the problem by selecting SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC_A001
at SoC level.
The i.MX51 ts4800 board already selects this option, but it is better
to move this selection to the i.MX51 SoC level instead.
Successfully tested with a high speed SD card on a mx51evk board.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Sebastien Bourdelin <sebastien.bourdelin@savoirfairelinux.com>
When a high speed card is connected to mx25 the following error is seen:
U-Boot 2017.11-rc2-00104-gb79372a (Oct 31 2017 - 11:02:22 -0200)
CPU: Freescale i.MX25 rev1.2 at 399 MHz
Reset cause: POR
Board: MX25PDK
I2C: ready
DRAM: 64 MiB
No arch specific invalidate_icache_all available!
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0
*** Warning - read failed, using default environment
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Net: FEC
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
=> saveenv
Saving Environment to MMC...
Writing to MMC(0)... failed
, which prevents any usage of the SD card.
The root cause for the failure is the eSDHC-A001 erratum:
"eSDHC-A001 : Data timeout counter (SYSCTL[DTOCV]) is not reliable for
values of 0x4,0x8, and 0xC" that is listed
on some PowerArchitecture chips:
https://www.nxp.com/files-static/32bit/doc/errata/MPC8379ECE.pdf
Even though eSDHC-A001 is not documented on the i.MX25 errata document,
I have confirmed with the NXP design team that this erratum does affect
i.MX25, so fix the problem by selecting SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_ESDHC_A001
at SoC level.
Successfully tested with a high speed SD card on a mx25pdk board.
Suggested-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit@wsystem.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Sebastien Bourdelin <sebastien.bourdelin@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Tested-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br> # mx25pdk
The motivation for moving MX25 selection to Kconfig is to be
able to better handle MX25 specific errata, so that an errata option
can be selected at SoC level instead of board level.
This selection method also aligns with the way other i.MX SoCs are
selected in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Sebastien Bourdelin <sebastien.bourdelin@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau.dev@gmail.com>
The environment storage location is selectable via Kconfig. We support
eMMC, SD and SPI-NOR as location for U-Boot. This adds support to store
the environment in the SPI-NOR additional to the default eMMC location.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This change updates the USB configuration for the RK3399-Q7 in the DTS:
* fixes the OTG board configuration by enabling it ('okay')
* improves the speed of 'usb start' by disabling the unused EHCI/OHCI
controllers
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
To correctly model the usbhub_enable regulator for U-Boot, we need
to change the settings to:
* the GPIO polarity is GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW
* should be set to inactive (enable-active-low) when boot-on settings
are applied
* it can be changed at runtime (i.e. remove the always-on)
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
The fixed regulator for overriding BIOS_DISABLE had been modelling
backwards (i.e. the GPIO polarity and the enable-active-low/high
property had both been inverted), causing the 'regulator' command
to always print/expect 'disabled'/'enabled' backwards.
This fixes the mix-up and models it correctly:
* the GPIO is low-active
* the regulator should be enabled (enable-active-high) during
boot-on initialisation
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
U-Boot bundles a patched copy of libfdt, so it's wrong to attempt to
include it <like/this>. This breaks the build for me when I have dtc
fully installed in my host -- as happened earlier tonight with
Buildroot, for example.
There are several other occurrences throughout the code where '<libfdt'
matches. I'm not modifying these because I have no clue why the
<systemwide> include style is being used -- IMHO wrongly.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kundrát <jan.kundrat@cesnet.cz>
The check in part_get_info_extended() for a successful partition
searching misses a condition for extended partition. In case of
(ext_part_sector == 0), we should anyway mark the partition as found,
even if it's an extended partition, i.e. (is_extended(pt->sys_ind) == 0).
Otherwise, the extended partition (type 0x0f) will never be identified,
and the following recursive call to part_get_info_extended() will get a
wrong 'part_num' and 'which_part' parameter. In the end, all those
partitions in extended table will not be identified.
Let's add the missing OR condition of (ext_part_sector == 0) for
is_extended() check to fix the problem.
The issue is discovered by running fastboot flash to an extended
partition on eMMC.
$ fastboot flash mmcsda5 cache.img
target reported max download size of 536870912 bytes
sending 'mmcsda5' (18796 KB)...
OKAY [ 2.144s]
writing 'mmcsda5'...
FAILED (remote: cannot find partition)
finished. total time: 2.261s
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Before this patch one could receive following errors when executing
"gpt write" command on machine with cache enabled:
display5 factory > gpt write mmc ${mmcdev} ${partitions}
Writing GPT:
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4ef8f7f0, 4ef8f9f0]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4ef8f9f8, 4ef939f8]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4ef8f9f8, 4ef939f8]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [4ef8f7f0, 4ef8f9f0]
success!
To alleviate this problem - the calloc()s have been replaced with
malloc_cache_aligned() and memset().
After those changes the buffers are properly aligned (with both start
address and size) to SoC cache line.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This function is called when signing configuration nodes. Adjust
the error message.
I do not know why we do not need to show the error message in case of
ENOSPC. Remove the if-conditional that seems unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If -K option is missing when you sign image nodes, it fails with
an unclear error message:
tools/mkimage Can't add hashes to FIT blob: -1
It is hard to figure out the cause of the failure.
In contrast, when you sign configuration nodes, -K is optional because
fit_config_process_sig() returns successfully if keydest is unset.
Probably this is a preferred behavior when you want to update FIT with
the same key; you do not have to update the public key in this case.
So, this commit changes fit_image_process_sig() to continue signing
without keydest. If ->add_verify_data() fails, show a clearer error
message, which has been borrowed from fit_config_process_sig().
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The "algo_name" points to a property in a blob being edited. The
pointer becomes stale when fit_image_write_sig() inserts signatures.
Then crypto->add_verify_data() writes wrong data to the public key
destination.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
test_gpt generates a persistent disk image which can be re-used across
multiple test runs. Currently, if the Python code that generates the disk
image change, the image is not regenerated, which could cause test
failures e.g. if a test was updated to expect some new partition name or
size, yet the persistent disk image contained the old name or size. This
change introduces functionality to regenerate the disk image if the
instructions to generate the image have changed.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The fw_env utility family has a default environment compiled in
which ties it quite strongly to the U-Boot source/config it has
been built with. Allow to display the U-Boot version it has been
built with using the -v/--version argument.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Designated initializers are more readable because we do not
have to check the order in the struct definitions.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As part of my usual round of build testing, output about missing
MAINTAINERS information was not logged, and thus often overlooked.
Correct that mistake by ensuring that I log the output of
genboardscfg.py every time. As part of that, address a number of
missing MAINTAINERS entires. In the case of a missing file, I have put
the original submitter down. In the rest of the cases I have added the
config (and sometimes relevant header file) to the existing set of file
globs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When HDMI is not initialized (e.g. no monitor is plugged), the current
SimpleFB code will still create a broken SimpleFB node.
Detect whether HDMI is initialized when creating SimpleFB node.
Fixes: be5b96f0e4 ("sunxi: setup simplefb for Allwinner DE2")
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Looking at the schematic, LDO15 and LDO17 are tied as a power source of a
builtin network chipset. The voltage on LDO15 is corrected to 3.3V and the
name of LDO17 is corrected to "vdd_ldo17".
Signed-off-by: Dongjin Kim <tobetter@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
We move all instances of CONFIG_MTDIDS_DEFAULT and
CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT from the header files to the defconfig files.
There's a few cases here where we need to expand upon what was in the
header file.
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #omap3_logic
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The patch:
"dm: ahci: Unwind the confusing init code"
(sha1: 7cf1afce7f)
introduce bug for ceva sata because port didn't start.
On the other hand the dwc_ahci.c was fixed correctly.
Do the same change for ceva too.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <yousaf.kaukab@suse.com>
Inside setup_sata() there is a cpu type check, so there is no need to
do this check in the board file.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Inside setup_sata() there is a cpu type check, so there is no need to
do this check in the board file.
This also brings the benefit to allowing setup_sata() to be called for the
mx6qp wandboard variant.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Enable UMS and DFU, so that the eMMC can be accessed via the
USB gadget port on the board.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Commit 001cdbbb32 ("imx: mx6slevk: enable more DM drivers") breaks
MMC support in U-Boot proper on the mx6slevk_spl_defconfig target:
U-Boot SPL 2017.09-00396-g6ca43a5 (Oct 01 2017 - 16:20:18)
Trying to boot from MMC1
U-Boot 2017.09-00396-g6ca43a5 (Oct 01 2017 - 16:20:18 -0300)
CPU: Freescale i.MX6SL rev1.0 792 MHz (running at 396 MHz)
CPU: Commercial temperature grade (0C to 95C) at 33C
Reset cause: POR
Board: MX6SLEVK
I2C: ready
DRAM: 1 GiB
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0
MMC Device 1 not found
*** Warning - No MMC card found, using default environment
As mx6slevk_spl_defconfig does not use CONFIG_DM_MMC and its
board file does not register the mmc controller for U-Boot proper,
let's fix this by adding CONFIG_DM_MMC=y and device tree support.
While at it, add more DM drivers, so that it becomes closer to
mx6slevk_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Add support for the latest MX6QP wandboard variant.
Based on Richard Hu's work from Technexion's U-Boot tree.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
On Vybrid SoCs U-Boot gets loaded into GFX SRAM which is 512KiB.
Currently 32KiB is reserved for the IMX header. However, this is
not reflected in the size limit. In v2017.11-rc2 the actual size
limit (512KiB-32KiB) has been reached for Colibri VF61, which
lead to a successful build of U-Boot but not a working binary.
The IMX header is much smaller than 32KiB, typically around 1KiB.
Decrease the reserved size to 4KiB and specify the correct U-Boot
size limit. Apply this new base address and limit for all Vybrid
based boards.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
As reported by Jonathan Gray:
"After the recent changes to add SimpleNetworkProtocol to efi_loader
when booting off mmc via an efi payload that doesn't use
SimpleNetworkProtocol U-Boot's fec_mxc driver will now display
various "error frame" messages.
....
MMC Device 1 not found
MMC Device 2 not found
MMC Device 3 not found
Scanning disks on sata...
Found 6 disks
reading efi/boot/bootarm.efi
67372 bytes read in 32 ms (2 MiB/s)
## Starting EFI application at 12000000 ...
>> OpenBSD/armv7 BOOTARM 1.0
error frame: 0x8f57ec40 0x00003d74
error frame: 0x8f57ec40 0x00007079
error frame: 0x8f57ec40 0x00006964
error frame: 0x8f57ec40 0x00006f6f
error frame: 0x8f57ec40 0x0000726f
error frame: 0x8f57ec40 0x00002074
error frame: 0x8f57ec40 0x00006f6f"
Heinrich Schuchardt explains:
"A receive FIFO overrun can be expected if network packages are not
processed.
With the network patches we check if a package is available quite often."
Move the "error frame" messages to debug level so that a clean output
log can be seen.
Reported-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Many MAINTAINERS files are in subdirectories.
We should enable searching these.
Reported-by: Walt Feasel <waltfeasel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Resort to malloc_cache_aligned() rather than malloc() which also removes
'CACHE: Misaligned operation at range' warnings.
Signed-off-by: Niko Mauno <niko.mauno@vaisala.com>
With the introduction of EFI variable support, we also wanted to persist
these EFI variables. However, the way it was implemented we ended up
persisting all U-Boot environment variables on every EFI boot.
That could potentially lead to unexpected side effects because variables
that were not supposed to be written to persisted env get written. It also
means we may end up writing the environment more often than we should.
For this release, let's just disable EFI variable persistence and instead
implement it properly for the next one.
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Fixes: ad644e7c18 ("efi_loader: efi variable support")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Acked-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Enable support for loadables in SEC firmware FIT image. Currently
support is added for single loadable image.
Brief description of implementation:
Add two more address pointers (loadable_h, loadable_l) as arguments to
sec_firmware_init() api.
Create new api: sec_firmware_checks_copy_loadable() to check if loadables
node is present in SEC firmware FIT image. If present, verify loadable
image and copies it to secure DDR memory.
Populate address pointers with secure DDR memory addresses where loadable
is copied.
Example use-case could be trusted OS (tee.bin) as loadables node in SEC
firmware FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Change DDR allocated for secure memory from 2 MB to 66 MB. This
additional 64 MB secure memory is required for trusted OS running
in Trusted Execution Environment using ARMv8 TrustZone.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Since TX delay is now enabled only in PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_ID
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII_TXID.
These change where introduced in phy driver in commit 05b29aa0cb
("net: phy: realtek: fix enabling of the TX-delay for RTL8211F").
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
On ls1012a soc, core clock source frequency is fixed at 100Mhz.
Generic timer frequency is core clock source divided by 4, which
is 25Mhz.
Signed-off-by: Tang Yuantian <andy.tang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Memory allocated via malloc is not guaranteed to be zeroized.
So explicitly use calloc instead of malloc.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This comment creates a wrong entry in config_whitelist.txt.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro only appears in commented-out lines. It is not referenced
by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro is defined, but not referenced by anyone.
I did not touch config_whitelist.txt - the CONFIG will be dropped
by the next re-sync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher<hs@denx.de>
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FTI2C010 is not enabled by anyone.
Commit 2852709676 ("dm: i2c: Add a note to I2C drivers which need
conversion") prompted to convert this driver to DM before June 2017,
but not converted yet.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This driver was used by Blackfin boards, but Blackfin support is
gone. There is no user of this driver.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Extend DE2 driver with LCD support. Tested on Pinebook which is based
on A64 and has ANX6345 eDP bridge with eDP panel connected to it.
Signed-off-by: Vasily Khoruzhick <anarsoul@gmail.com>
[agust: rebased v5 on u-boot-video/master]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
The supported sleep states are generic on Intel processors. Move the
ASL definition to the common place.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On some platforms (eg: Braswell), the FSP will not produce the
graphics info HOB unless you plug some cables to the display
interface (eg: HDMI) on the board. Add such notes in the FSP
video driver.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Intel Braswell FSP requires SPI controller settings to be locked down,
let's do this in the chrryhill.dts and remove previous Kconfig option.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some Intel FSP (like Braswell) does SPI lock-down during the call
to fsp_notify(INIT_PHASE_BOOT). But before SPI lock-down is done,
it's bootloader's responsibility to configure the SPI controller's
opcode registers properly otherwise SPI controller driver doesn't
know how to communicate with the SPI flash device.
Rather than passively doing the opcode configuration, let's add a
simple DTS property "intel,spi-lock-down" and let the driver call
the opcode configuration function if required by such FSP.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This reverts commit 1e6ebee667.
It's not appropriate to call the Intel SPI driver specific stuff in
the FSP codes. We may add a simple DTS property "intel,spi-lock-down"
and let the Intel SPI driver call these stuff instead.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In an S3 resume path, MRC cache is mandatory. Enforce the dependency
in the Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Imply does not work for a Kconfig choice. Update ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH
to be the default one for Intel Braswell.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It was observed that when booting Linux kernel on Intel Cherry Hill
board, unexpected crash happens quite randomly. Sometimes kernel
just oops, while sometimes kernel throws MCE errors and hangs:
mce: [Hardware Error]: Machine check events logged
mce: [Hardware Error]: CPU 0: Machine Check: 0 Bank 4: c400000000010151
mce: [Hardware Error]: TSC 0 ADDR 130f3f2c0
mce: [Hardware Error]: PROCESSOR 0:406c3 TIME 1508160686 SOCKET 0 APIC 0 microcode 363
This looks like a hardware error per mcelog. After debugging, it
seems turning off turbo mode on the processor does not expose this
behavior, although U-Boot runs OK with turbo mode on. Suspect it is
related to an errata of Braswell processor.
To fix this, remove the Braswell cpu driver which does the turbo
mode configuration, and switch to use the generic cpu-x86 driver.
Also there is a configuration option in the FSP that turns on the
turbo mode and that has been turned off too.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With latest codes on mainstream master, Intel Galileo board does not
boot unfortunately. Git biset leads to b383d6c0 "bootstage: Convert
to use malloc()".
Disable bootstage support to make it boot again. The root cause needs
to be investigated however.
Fixes: b383d6c0 ("bootstage: Convert to use malloc()")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is a eDP bridge similar to ANX9804, it allows to connect eDP panels
to the chips that can output only parallel signal
Signed-off-by: Vasily Khoruzhick <anarsoul@gmail.com>
[agust: fixed most checkpatch errors/warnings]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This header will be used in anx6345 driver
Signed-off-by: Vasily Khoruzhick <anarsoul@gmail.com>
[agust: moved header to drivers/video]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Add an operation to read EDID, since bridge may have ability to read
EDID from the panel that is connected to it, for example LCD<->eDP bridge.
Signed-off-by: Vasily Khoruzhick <anarsoul@gmail.com>
As the support of EFI boot on Allwinner H3 is broken, we still need to
use simplefb to pass the framebuffer to Linux.
Add code to setup simplefb for Allwinner DE2 driver.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Add an option to indicate that the video driver should setup a SimpleFB
node that passes the video framebuffer initialized by U-Boot to the
operating system kernel.
Currently only the Allwinner DE driver uses this option, and the
definition of this option in the sunxi-common.h config header is
converted to an imply of this option from CONFIG_VIDEO_SUNXI.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The sunxi DE1 video option used to be CONFIG_VIDEO, which has the same
name as the "Enable legacy video support" option in
drivers/video/Kconfig.
Change the option name to CONFIG_VIDEO_SUNXI, which is really used by
Makefile under drivers/video/sunxi/, and defined in sunxi-common.h
when CONFIG_VIDEO is selected before this change. Now CONFIG_VIDEO_SUNXI
selects CONFIG_VIDEO and the usages of CONFIG_VIDEO in sunxi Kconfig and
config headers are all converted to use CONFIG_VIDEO_SUNXI.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
The U-Boot binary may trip over its actual allocated size in the storage.
In such a case, the environment will not be readable anymore (because
corrupted when the new image was flashed), and any attempt at using saveenv
to reconstruct the environment will result in a corrupted U-Boot binary.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The Banana Pi M2-Magic is a small board with an Allwinner A33, an eMMC, a
wifi chip and some pin headers. Enable support for it.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Encountered an issue where fastboot can't write to NAND on a CHIP_pro,
the symbol was neither present in the board's config header, nor the
Kconfig, this patch puts it in the Kconfig and defaults on when
SUNXI_NAND is selected.
Signed-off-by: Ben Young <computermouth@crunchbangplusplus.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
As explained in arch/arm/mach-sunxi/clock_sun8i_a83t.c, clk for CPU
clusters is computed as clk = 24*n. However, the current formula is clk
= 24*(n-1).
This results in a clock set to a frequency that isn't specified as
possible for CPUs.
Let's use the correct formula.
Fixes: f542948b1e ("sunxi: clk: add basic clocks for A83T")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The Allwinner SPI flash SPL boot support is guarded by the SPL_SPI_SUNXI
symbol. But despite its generic name, the actual only use case for this
is to provide SPI flash support to the SPL, which requires
CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT to be defined.
Select this symbol from the SPL_SPI_SUNXI Kconfig definition. This
avoids doing this explicitly in the defconfig, and fixes SPI booting on
the Pine64 SoPine (and -LTS version) and the OrangePi Win board (both with
SPI flash).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Provide a Kconfig option that we can use as dependency for
features that are broken. This allows to easily disable them
without removing the code.
As no short text is supplied the option will not appear in
menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As you see in crypto_algos in common/image-sig.c, the algorithm
should be either "rsa2048" or "rsa4096". "rs2048" is a typo.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Both "conf_name" and "sig_name" point to the name of config node.
The latter should be the name of the signature node.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
don't use prettyprint_part_size() in create_gpt_partitions_list()
that avoid to align offset and size to 1 MiB and increase precision for
start and size.
This patch avoid the risk to change partition size and lost data during
rename or swap.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Add test of first and last LBA in gpt for rename and swap.
Only the name is expected to change, so test 3 columns
for part command
1: first LBA (start)
2: last LBA (end)
3: partition name
After rename, the last LBA change and it is a error in current U-Boot code
+ "first" = 0x7ff : invalid value (<start)
+ "second" = 0x17ff => size increasing !
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
+ test write for one partition on all the device (size=0)
+ test write with disk uuid and 2 partitions
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
the partition starting at 0x4400 is refused with overlap error:
$> gpt write mmc 0 "name=test,start=0x4400,size=0"
Writing GPT: Partition overlap
error!
even if the 0x4400 is the first available offset for LBA35 with default
value:
- MBR=LBA1
- GPT header=LBA2
- PTE= 32 LBAs (128 entry), 3 to 34
And the command to have one partition for all the disk failed also :
$> gpt write mmc 0 "name=test,size=0"
After the patch :
$> gpt write mmc 0 "name=test,size=0"
Writing GPT: success!
$> part list mmc 0
Partition Map for MMC device 0 -- Partition Type: EFI
Part Start LBA End LBA Name
Attributes
Type GUID
Partition GUID
1 0x00000022 0x01ce9fde "test"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
type: ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
type: data
guid: b4b84b8a-04e3-4000-0036-aff5c9c495b1
And 0x22 = 34 LBA => offset = 0x4400 is accepted as expected
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
add sandbox test for some gpt sub-command
- gpt read / part list : read the gpt partition created by sgdisk on host
test start, size, LBA and name output
- gpt verify : verify the gpt partition create by sgdisk on host
PS: persistent data test_gpt_disk_image.bin are udpated
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
copy the persistent gpt binary file as it can be modified during the test
that avoid issue if the test fail: the test always restart with clean file
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
RTC_CONFIG_D register contains the day within the month to generate
an alarm, not the month. This corrects the printf to indicate it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Remove hardcoded ftd file name from environment variables.
Use CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE macro instead.
Signed-off-by: Michal Oleszczyk <m.oleszczyk@grinn-global.com>
Commit 06ad970b53 ("powerpc: mpc85xx: Implemente workaround for CPU
erratum A-007907") clears L1CSR2 for the boot core, but other cores
don't run through the workaround. Add similar code for secondary
cores to clear DCSTASHID field in L1CSR2 register.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
All users of this macro have been converted. Remove MTDDEBUG and
related CONFIG options.
ubifs_dbg_msg_key() is kept. It is silent unless DEBUG is defined.
I am not touching scripts/config_whitelist.txt. The deprecated options
will be dropped by the next resync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
In old days, the MTD subsystem in Linux had debug facility like
DEBUG(MTD_DEBUG_LEVEL1, ...).
They were all replaced with pr_debug() until Linux 3.2. See Linux
commit 289c05222172 ("mtd: replace DEBUG() with pr_debug()").
U-Boot still uses similar macros. Covert all of them for easier sync.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
The semantic patch I used is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@
expression e1, e2;
@@
-MTDDEBUG(e1, e2)
+pr_debug(e2)
@@
expression e1, e2;
@@
-MTDDEBUG(e1, e2,
+pr_debug(e2,
...)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Commit dd74b945af ("ARM: uniphier: use pr_() instead of printf()
where appropriate"), but I missed to update this file for some reason.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If the environment "verify" is set to n, the image verification
is entirely skipped. Remove it as a preparation for verified boot.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The default value of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN, 0x800000, causes error
when uncompressing Image.gz out of FIT image.
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... Error: inflate() returned -5
Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
UniPhier 32-bit SoCs use CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL. So, many nodes must
be marked as dm-pre-reloc to prevent fdtgrep from stripping them off.
Sprinkling U-Boot-specific properties all over the place is painful
because DT files are synced with Linux from time to time.
Split u-boot,dm-pre-reloc out to uniphier-v7-u-boot.dtsi, which is
appended to UniPhier V7 DTS before the build.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The option is never enabled by anyone. Remove the code surrounded
by its ifdef. This should be handled by the clock/reset drivers.
CONFIG_UNIPHIER_ETH in scripts/config_whitelist.txt will be dropped
by the next resync.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
I thought commit d37d31849c ("ARM: uniphier: enable DWC3 xHCI
driver") enabled CONFIG_USB_DWC3_UNIPHIER, but CONFIG_USB_XHCI_DWC3
was missing in uniphier_v7_defconfig. Re-add.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
We add the various SMC91XX symbols to drivers/net/Kconfig and then this
converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SMC911X
CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Apply to the rest of the tree, re-squash old and new patch]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_NAND_MXC
CONFIG_NAND_OMAP_GPMC
CONFIG_NAND_OMAP_GPMC_PREFETCH
CONFIG_NAND_OMAP_ELM
CONFIG_SPL_NAND_AM33XX_BCH
CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[trini: Finish migration of CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE, fix some build issues,
add CONFIG_NAND_MXC so we can do CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
I've missed to add the ACPI resume support to this x86 build target.
This patch adds the ACPI resume support enabling S3 suspend /
resume.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Up to now we depended on an exported variable to build u-boot.rom.
We should be able to specify it in the configuration file, too.
With this patch this becomes possible using the new Kconfig option
CONFIG_BUILD_ROM.
This option depends on CONFIG_X86 and is selected in
qemu-x86_defconfig and qemu-x86_64_defconfig.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Azalia configuration may be different across boards, hence it's not
appropriate to do that in the SoC level. Instead, let's make the
SoC update_fsp_azalia_configs() routine as a weak version, and do
the actual work in the board codes.
So far it seems only som-db5800-som-6867 board enables the Azalia.
Move the original codes into som-db5800-som-6867.c.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
At present we directly pass the Azalia config pointer to the FSP UPD.
This updates to use a function to do the stuff, like Braswell does.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
So far there are two copies of Azalia struct defines with one in
baytrail and the other one in braswell. This consolidates these
two into one, put it in the common place, and remove the prefix
pch_ to these structs to make their names more generic.
This also corrects reset_wait_timer from us to ms.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is only needed when graphics console is used. For kernel with
native graphics driver, this can be turned off to speed up.
Change this option's default to n in the Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It was observed that when booting a Ubuntu 16.04 kernel, doing ACPI
S3 suspend/resume sometimes causes the Ubuntu kernel hang forever.
The issue is however not reproduced with a kernel built from i386/
x86_64 defconfig configuration.
The unstability is actually caused by unexpected interrupts being
generated during the S3 resume. For some unknown reason, FSP (gold4)
for BayTrail configures the GPIO DFX5 PAD to enable level interrupt
(bit 24 and 25). As this pin keeps generating interrupts during an
S3 resume, and there is no IRQ requester in the kernel to handle it,
the kernel seems to hang and does not continue resuming.
Clear the mysterious interrupt bits for this pin.
Reported-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Adjust VGA rom address to 0xfffb0000 so that u-boot.rom image
can be built again.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
As "v" is a local variable in stm32_i2c_choose_solution()
"v" has to be copied into "s" to avoid data abort in
stm32_i2c_compute_timing().
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick DELAUNAY <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
On qemu errors like
assert 2.999650001525879 >= 3
occur.
According to the comment in the code the test is meant to be
approximate. So we should accept some milliseconds less.
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Update the script to version 0.26 (as of Linux v4.14-rc1)
Keep our "penguin_chief".
Keep our top_of_kernel_tree.
The negative forms of the command line parameters are described
when using --help.
New options are
--git-blame-signatures => when used with --git-blame,
also include all commit signers
--r => include reviewer(s) if any
--letters => print all matching 'letter' types
from all matching sections
File .get_maintainer.ignore can be used to specify
email addressees that shall be ignored.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
'commit fa24eca1f2 ("omap: Add routine for setting fastboot variables")'
adds initial support and usage of "fastboot getvar" command
for DRA75x and DRA72x devices.
and
'commit 0f9e6aee9d ("arm: dra76: Add support for ES1.0 detection")'
adds initial dra76 device definition
This patch is to extend usage of "fastboot getvar" for DRA76 device.
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
DRA71x processors are reduced pin and software compatible
derivative of DRA72 processors. Extend support for this
revision in "getvar cpu" command.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Mahaveer <vishalm@ti.com>
[praneeth@ti.com: rebase to u-boot master]
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add vendor partition to Android GPT table for eMMC.
A Vendor image contains SoC-specific code and configuration.
Prior to Android 8.0, the vendor partition was optional ;
files belonging to these images were placed in boot.img or system.img
with symlinks (such as /vendor >/system/vendor ) when absent.
Android 8.0 makes the vendor partition mandatory
The goal is to modularize Android partitions with standard interface between
the Android Platform (on system.img ) and vendor-provided code(on vendor.img).
This standard interface enables the Android Platform to be updated
without affecting the SoC partitions. This makes it possible to upgrade a
device system.img from Android 8.0 to Android P while other images (such as
vendor.img) remain at Android 8.0. This modularity enables timely
Android platform upgrades (such as monthly security updates )
without requiring SoC/ODM partners to update SoC- and device-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Mahaveer <vishalm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add vendor partition to Android GPT table for eMMC.
A Vendor image contains SoC-specific code and configuration.
Prior to Android 8.0, the vendor partition was optional ;
files belonging to these images were placed in boot.img or system.img
with symlinks (such as /vendor >/system/vendor ) when absent.
Android 8.0 makes the vendor partition mandatory
The goal is to modularize Android partitions with standard interface between
the Android Platform (on system.img ) and vendor-provided code(on vendor.img).
This standard interface enables the Android Platform to be updated
without affecting the SoC partitions. This makes it possible to upgrade a
device system.img from Android 8.0 to Android P while other images (such as
vendor.img) remain at Android 8.0. This modularity enables timely
Android platform upgrades (such as monthly security updates )
without requiring SoC/ODM partners to update SoC- and device-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As the code currently stands, we first check that the length of the
given command line, along with ip_str/mac_str along with an additional 1
for the NULL termination will fit within the buffer we have, and if not,
we return an error. The way this code was originally written however
left Coverity "unhappy" due to using strcat rather than strncat.
Switching this to strncat however causes clang to be unhappy that we
aren't enforcing the "1" portion within strncat. Rather than further
re-work the code to include a "- 1" in this case as well, make the
strcat code only be done within the else side of the length test. This
keeps both clang and Coverity happy.
Fixes: 48ee0a87bc ("cmd/pxe.c: Rework initrd and bootargs handling slightly")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
I saw a DT build issue report some time before [1]. I was able to
reproduce the bug, and figure out the root cause.
Since commit 6d427c6b1f ("binman: Automatically include a U-Boot
.dtsi file"), invalid .*.cmd files are generated.
Since that commit, DTS files are put into sed and piped to CPP.
Because CPP reads the stream from stdin, -Wp,-MD,$(depfile).pre.tmp
option generates a depfile with the target name "-". This is not
the format expected by fixdep.
Use one more temporary file instead of using pipe. With this, deps_
in the .*.cmd will be fixed. Having a temp file name in source_ is
odd, but it is unsed in the build system. Not a big deal.
[1] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2017-June/294451.html
Fiexes: 6d427c6b1f ("binman: Automatically include a U-Boot .dtsi file")
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Removal of the legacy DataFlash code turned genimg_get_image() into a
no-op. Drop all calls to it and the function itself.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Last user of this option went away in commit:
fdc7718999 ("board: usb_a9263: Update to support DT and DM")
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Last user of this option went away in commit:
fdc7718999 ("board: usb_a9263: Update to support DT and DM")
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
This makes gcc no longer expect an out-of-line version of the
functions being present elsewhere.
This fixes a failure to build on several marvell targets with gcc-7 on
Debian:
https://bugs.debian.org/877963
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Hello,
I ran into a problem with the JFFS2 filesystem driver implemented in U-Boot.
I've got a NAND device that has correctable ECC errors (corrected somewhere in mtd/nand/nand_base.c).
The NAND driver tells the filesystem layer (jffs2_1pass.c) above that there occurred correctable ECC errors and returns with a "value > 0".
The JFFS2 driver recognizes the corrected ECC errors as real error and skips this block because the only accepts a "return value == 0" as correct.
This problem exists for over 8 years (I checked version 2010.09) so I'm a little bit worried that I interpreted something wrong or didn't get the whole context.
Can someone confirm this bug (and the bugfix) in the u-boot jffs2 driver?
There was a mail in 2012 that mentioned the same problem, but there was no patch:
http://u-boot.10912.n7.nabble.com/JFFS2-seems-to-drop-nand-data-with-ECC-corrections-td142008.html
Sometime after this discussion the return value of nand_read() changed from -EUCLEAN as correctable ECC error to a positive value with the count of ECC corrected errors.
With kind reguards,
Uwe Engling
MMC commands like MMC_CMD_ALL_SEND_CID or MMC_CMD_SEND_CSD can reach
500 us. This patch increases the polling status register delay to avoid
a timeout on a command.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Fix bit 2 name of PWR_CR3 register to match with the
last STM32H7 reference manual available here :
http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/support/resources/
resource-selector.html?querycriteria=productId=SS1951$$
resourceCategory=technical_literature$$resourceType=reference_manual
Update also comment about voltage scaling 1 values
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
CLK() macro is a residue of a previously reworked patch,
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
This macro isn't used by anything, and in fact hasn't ever been used
according to the Git logs.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
The variable res should be initialized to 0 in these functions,
because if the searched key is not found, the variable is used
uninitialized.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167335)
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167336)
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167337)
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Since
rem = ((long) *tim_p) % SECSPERDAY;
the second while cycle
while (rem >= SECSPERDAY)
is dead.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167334)
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
The test and info callbacks into the partition callback struct are
used by the "part list" command on the command line. That command
is used by the distro script.
With verb=1 set, "part list" thus throws a lot of warnings about
partitions it can't find when an upper layer searches for partitions.
So let's reduce verbosity to bring it to the same level of noise
as the other partition targets.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
CONFIG options surrounded by
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(...)
CONFIG_IS_BUILTIN(...)
CONFIG_IS_MODULE(...)
CONFIG_VAL(...)
need special care for proper dependency tracking.
I do not remember why, but I missed to add CONFIG_VAL(...) handling.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
All BMP files were being treated as though they had a 40 byte header.
There are several BMP header formats consisting of additional data.
This was causing some of the header to be read as color information,
skewing the color palette.
Signed-off-by: Jon Smith <jtsmith@pdiarm.com>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
arch/arm/mach-imx/mx6/soc.c:590:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘s_init’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] void s_init(void)
Remove this warning by adding the function prototype into include/common.h file.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
fit_handle_file function does not quote input and output files while preparing
command to run DTC to convert .its to .itb. This results in a failure if input
or output files contain spaces in their names. Quote input and output files in
DTC command to avoid this failure.
Signed-off-by: Mirza, Taimoor <Taimoor_Mirza@mentor.com>
Upstream Linux has received a few device tree updates to the RPi
which we should propagate into the builtin U-Boot one as well to
gain hardware support.
This patch bumps the dts files to their 4.14 Linux counterparts
with the exception of sdhost on 32bit RPi versions. There we stay
with iproc as the sdhost driver is missing in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
While this goes somewhat against normal coding style we should ensure
that dev_desc is not NULL before we dereference it in allocation of
legacy_mbr.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167292)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable clock in the probe hook. The clock rate will be necessary
when setup_data_interface hook is supported.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
ARCH_UNIPHIER_V8_MULTI depends on !SPL, so the default may be hidden.
Use a clearer default.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
U-Boot does not support fancy clock tree structures like the Linux
common clock framework. Implement a simple clock tree model at the
driver level. With this, the clock data will be simplified.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Use dev_dbg() functions. It will be helpful to prefix log messages
with the corresponding device name when the core framework is ready.
While I am here, I renamed "dev", which was actually private data,
into "priv" because dev->dev looks confusing.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Use dev_dbg() functions. It will be helpful to prefix log messages
with the corresponding device name when the core framework is ready.
While I am here, I renamed "dev", which was actually private data,
into "priv" because dev->dev looks confusing.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Including <common.h> pulls in a lot of bloat. What this driver needs
is BIT(), so replace it with <linux/bitops.h>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The pin data are implemented for old SoCs to specify the bit shift of
the IECTRL register. They are not wortwhile given the required memory
footprint. Delete all the pin data and enable all bits of the IECTRL
register.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Like other recenct UniPhier SoCs, the pupdctrl number of PXs3
matches to the pin number.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
First, I implemented this driver as per-bank model, but it was
a design mistake.
- There are 31 banks in the maximum case. It is painful to add
so many nodes to DT.
- The IRQ control registers are shared between banks. Per-bank
design is a problem for Linux. The counterpart for Linux turned
around to the single node model.
Rework based on the driver for Linux.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The non-volatile storage varies board by board. The default should
be NOWHERE. Please choose a proper device via Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Set Features (0xEF) command toggles the R/B# pin after 4 sub feature
parameters are written.
Currently, nand_command(_lp) calls chip->dev_ready immediately after
the address cycle because NAND_CMD_SET_FEATURES falls into default:
label. No wait is needed at this point.
If you see nand_onfi_set_features(), R/B# is already cared by the
chip->waitfunc call.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[ Linux commit: c5d664aa5a4c4b257a54eb35045031630d105f49 ]
Read ID (0x90) command does not toggle the R/B# pin. Without this
patch, NAND_CMD_READID falls into the default: label, then R/B# is
checked by chip->dev_ready().
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[ Linux commit: 3158fa0e739615769cc047d2428f30f4c3b6640e ]
Patch queue for efi - 2017-10-13
This is the second batch of amazing improvements for efi_loader in 2017.11:
- New self tests to verify our own code
- A few bug fixes
- colored text support
- event and SNP improvements, should get us close to iPXE working
When cancelling the timer we should check the return
value provided by the set_timer service.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add support for the DHCOM i.MX6 PDK board. This board has:
- FEC ethernet
- EHCI USB host
- 3x SDMMC
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
When compiling with W=1 errors are observed:
drivers/pci/pcie_imx.c:517:12: warning: no previous prototype for ‘imx6_pcie_toggle_power’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] __weak int imx6_pcie_toggle_power(void)
drivers/pci/pcie_imx.c:528:12: warning: no previous prototype for ‘imx6_pcie_toggle_reset’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] __weak int imx6_pcie_toggle_reset(void)
Remove these warnings by adding the functions prototypes on arch-mx6/sys_proto.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
arch/arm/mach-imx/mx6/clock.c:1268:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘do_mx6_showclocks’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] int do_mx6_showclocks(cmd_tbl_t *cmdtp, int flag, int argc, char * const argv[])
Remove this warning by adding the function prototype into arch-mx6/clock.h file.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
UART pinmux has been changed on the last board revision. Change
board pinmux accordingly. Console is on UART7 now, add pinmux,
base address and update console string in environment.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
mx6slevk can run different kernel versions, such as NXP 4.1 or mainline.
Currently the rootfs location is passed via mmcblk number and the
problem with this approach is that the mmcblk number for the SD
card changes depending on the kernel version.
In order to avoid such issue, use the UUID method to specify the
rootfs location.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
We have at least a minor count of boards, that failed to re-initialize
PCI express in the Linux kernel. Typical failure rate is 20% on affected
boards. This is mitigated by commit 6ecbe13756 ("drivers: pci: imx:
add imx_pcie_remove function").
However, at least on some i.MX6 custom boards, when calling
assert_core_reset() as part of the first-time PCIe init, read access
to PCIE_PL_PFLR simply hangs. Surround this readl() with
imx_pcie_fix_dabt_handler() does not help. For this reason, the forced
LTSSM detection is only used on the second assert_core_reset() that is
called shorly before starting the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Sven-Ola Tuecke <sven-ola.tuecke@numberfour.eu>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Tested-by: David Müller <d.mueller@elsoft.ch>
Latest wandboard hardware revision is revd1, which brings the following
new features:
- PFUZE100 PMIC
- AR8035 Ethernet PHY
- Upgrade Wifi/BT chip to BCM4339/BCM43430.
The detection mechanism is to probe the PMIC and when it is
found, then the revision of the board is revd1.
As the detection is done via PMIC, we need to print the board version
at a later stage via CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE and also need
to disable CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO, which is done much earlier.
Make the necessary adjustments for the AR8035 PHY to work on revd1.
Based on Richard Hu's work from Technexion's U-Boot tree.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The changes required to use U-Boot's Serial Download Protocol
implementation are now available in upstream imx_usb_loader
repository. Update the URL accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The configuration files imximage.cfg are used for the DDR controller
configuration.
Add DDR configuration function to replace the DDR controller
configuration in the imximage.cfg file. The function can be used for
DDR size detection.
Signed-off-by: Uri Mashiach <uri.mashiach@compulab.co.il>
The CCM_ macros use the CCM_BASE_ADDRESS macro, which doesn't exist.
Replace the CCM_BASE_ADDRESS macros with CCM_BASE_ADDR.
Signed-off-by: Uri Mashiach <uri.mashiach@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Instead of changing mmc devno from dts nodes better
to return the detected devno so-that env trigger the same.
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Fix for finding mmc devices on i.MX6Q icore boards
added in below comment
"icorem6: Fix to find MMC devices"
(sha1: a2b137b38d)
which is reverted in during u-boot-imx merge
" Merge git://git.denx.de/u-boot-imx"
(sha1: 6aee2ab68c)
This patch, is recreated to fix merge conflict.
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ option has been converted to defconfig, so there
is no need to undefine it in board config file anymore.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
board/freescale/mx6sabresd/mx6sabresd.c:586:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘board_ehci_hcd_init’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] int board_ehci_hcd_init(int port)
Remove this warning by including <usb/ehci-ci.h>.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
board/freescale/mx6sabresd/mx6sabresd.c:601:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘board_ehci_power’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] int board_ehci_power(int port, int on)
Remove this warning by adding the function prototype into usb/ehci-ci.h file.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
board/freescale/mx6sabresd/mx6sabresd.c:680:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘board_spi_cs_gpio’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] int board_spi_cs_gpio(unsigned bus, unsigned cs)
Remove this warning by including <asm/mach-imx/spi.h>.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
arch/arm/mach-imx/mx6/soc.c:213:12: warning: no previous prototype for ‘get_board_rev’ [-Wmissing-prototypes] u32 __weak get_board_rev(void)
Fix the build warning by including <asm/bootm.h>.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ symbol does not work in board config file
anymore, so fix this by moving it to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When compiling with W=1 the following warning is observed:
board/freescale/mx6sabresd/mx6sabresd.c:266:5: warning:
no previous prototype for ‘board_mmc_get_env_dev’
[-Wmissing-prototypes] int board_mmc_get_env_dev(int devno)
Remove this warning by adding the function prototype into sys_proto.h file.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
When building with W=1 errors like the one below is seen:
board/freescale/mx6sabresd/mx6sabresd.c:546:5: warning:
no previous prototype for ‘overwrite_console’
[-Wmissing-prototypes] int overwrite_console(void)
Fix the build warnings by including <input.h>.
Signed-off-by: Diego Dorta <diego.dorta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO is already defined inside "imx6_spl.h", so there
is no need to redefine it in the board config files.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
This rework the board to use the generic filesystem commands instead
of forcing the use of FAT for the boot files.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Now that it is possible to load SPL and u-boot.img via imx_usb_loader
tool, mention this method instead of the old one that relied on ymodem.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
With CONFIG_DISPLAY_CPUINFO=y we get a "Reset cause" line, which
brings important information of the reboot cause.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
There is no need call setup_display() from SPL code, so move it to
board_init(), which executes only in U-Boot proper.
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
There is no need call setup_display() from SPL code, so move it to
board_init(), which executes only in U-Boot proper.
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
There is no need call setup_display() from SPL code, so move it to
board_init(), which executes only in U-Boot proper.
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
There is no need call setup_display() from SPL code, so move it to
board_init(), which executes only in U-Boot proper.
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
There is no need call setup_display() from SPL code, so move it to
board_init(), which executes only in U-Boot proper.
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
There is no need call setup_display() from SPL code, so move it to
board_init(), which executes only in U-Boot proper.
Reported-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Shell.efi uses this, and supporting color attributes makes things look
nicer. Map the EFI fg/bg color attributes to ANSI escape sequences.
Not all colors have a perfect match, but spec just says "Devices
supporting a different number of text colors are required to emulate the
above colors to the best of the device’s capabilities".
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
[agraf: s/unsigned/unsigned int/]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When we don't have a real device/image path, such as 'bootefi hello',
construct a mem-mapped device-path.
This fixes 'bootefi hello' after devicepath refactoring.
Fixes: 95c5553ea2 ("efi_loader: refactor boot device and loaded_image handling")
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Commit 8e6eda7cda ("drivers/i2c/muxes/pca954x: Add pca9547 I2C mux
support") introduced a chip_desc for the pca954x devices but failed to
update pca954x_ofdata_to_platdata() to be aware of it. Make
pca954x_ofdata_to_platdata() lookup the chip_desc to validate the device
width.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
The option is specified in Kconfig, but still a few config header files
are overriding the choice by #undef'ing it. Re-sync the option with
moveconfig to rid of the #undefs.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Having this as a 'default y' is rather annoying because it doesn't
actually compile unless other options are defined in the board header:
../cmd/bootm.c: In function 'do_imls_nor':
../cmd/bootm.c:330:7: error: 'CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT'?
i < CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS; ++i, ++info) {
Make it 'default n' so people who develop new boards that start from a
blank defconfig have one less compilation failure to debug.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Correct a mistake in the part number handling of commit
16a73b249d and only increment part once
per loop.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The constant MAX_UTF8_PER_UTF16 is used to calculate
required memory when converting from UTF-16 to UTF-8.
If this constant is too big we waste memory.
A code point encoded by one UTF-16 symbol is converted to a
maximum of three UTF-8 symbols, e.g.
0xffff could be encoded as 0xef 0xbf 0xbf.
The first byte carries four bits, the second and third byte
carry six bits each.
A code point encoded by two UTF-16 symbols is converted to four
UTF-8 symbols.
So in this case we need a maximum of two UTF-8 symbols per
UTF-16 symbol.
As the overall maximum is three UTF-8 symobls per UTF-16 symbol
we need MAX_UTF8_PER_UTF16 = 3.
Fixes: 78178bb0c9 lib: add some utf16 handling helpers
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When searching for partitions don't stop if a partition is not present
for a given partition number as there may be valid partitions after.
Search for up to MAX_SEARCH_PARTITIONS matching the other callers of
part_get_info().
This allows OpenBSD to boot via the efi_loader on rpi_3 again after
changes made after U-Boot 2017.09. With MBR partitioning OpenBSD will
by default use the fourth partition for the 0xA6 (OpenBSD) partition.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The ULCB CPLD support was not updated during the PFC table rework,
fix up the GPIO numbers until the CPLD support is rewritten to a
proper DM capable and DT probing driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Due to a conflict with recent Primary Protected Application (PPA),
PPA cannot be loaded for SPL stage, falcon boot is not enabled by
default. With compatible PPA image, to enable falcon boot, activate
these Kconfig options in defconfig
CONFIG_SPL_FIT=y
CONFIG_SPL_FSL_LS_PPA=y
CONFIG_SPL_GZIP=y
CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT=y
CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT=y
CONFIG_SPL_OF_LIBFDT=y
Because environment variables are not avaiable during SPL stage for
SD boot, set "boot_os=y" as default.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add jump_to_image_linux() for arm64. Add "noreturn" flag to
armv8_switch_to_el2(). Add hooks to fsl-layerscape to enable falcon
boot.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This board has soldered DDR chips. To reduce the SPL image size,
use static DDR setting instead of dynamic DDR driver.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
gd->ram_size is reduced in this function to reserve secure memory.
Avoid running this function again to further reduce memory size.
This fixes issue for SPL boot with PPA image loaded in which case
secure memory is incorrectly allocated due to repeated calling.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_CMD_SPL_WRITE_SIZE is used for writing parameters to non-volatile
storage. So far it is only used for NAND. Fix compiling error when this
macro is not used for SD.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CC: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Commit 15eb1d43bf ("spl: reorder the assignment of board info to
global data") intended to move assignment of board info earlier,
into board_init_r(). However, function preload_console_init() is
called either from spl_board_init() or from board_init_f(). For the
latter case, the board info assignment is much earlier than proposed
board_init_r(). Create a new function to fill gd->bd and call this
function when needed.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CC: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CC: Ravi Babu <ravibabu@ti.com>
CC: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The MC boot sequence is contained in mc_env_boot. Update LS1088A
boards to use this function, and hook it to reset_phy so that it's
called late enough, after the ports have been initialized, for
proper DPC / DPL fixup.
Signed-off-by: Bogdan Purcareata <bogdan.purcareata@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This change is required due to trusted OS (OP-TEE) not being position
independent code, it requires compile time fixed base address.
To take care of this it is assumed that all layerscape armv8 platforms
has minimum 2G ddr in first region. So we can have fixed address
space (66 MB -> (2MB for PPA + 64MB for trusted OS)) allocated from
top of first 2G ddr region and compile trusted OS with this fixed
base address.
But one exception here is ls1012 where we have only 1G (rdb) or 512M
(frdm) ddr memory. For those we can have different fixed compile time
base addresses for trusted OS.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ symbol does not work in board config file
anymore, so fix this by moving it to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Rx Compliance tests may fail intermittently at high jitter
frequencies using default register values.
Program register USB_PHY_RX_OVRD_IN_HI in certain sequence
to make the Rx compliance test pass.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Fix a bug of 'commit 8104deb2d6 ("armv8: layerscape: Adjust memory
mapping for Flash/SD card on LS1046A")' as NAND block size is 256KB
on LS1046AQDS.
Signed-off-by: Gong Qianyu <Qianyu.Gong@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Avoid NULL pointer dereference after setup failed due to a
missing network.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
For some functions the @return description is missing.
Fix typo.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This fixes an issue with OpenBSD's bootloader, and I think should also
fix a similar issue with grub2 on legacy devices. In the legacy case
we were creating disk objects for the partitions, but not also the
parent device.
Reported-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When calling bootefi hello twice a kernel dump occurs.
Neither bootefi hello nor bootefi selftest have an image
device patch. So do not try to dereference the NULL
value.
Fixes: 95c5553ea2 efi_loader: refactor boot device and loaded_image handling
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The task priority levels test uses two events one passes the
notification counter as context. The other passes NULL.
Both use the same notification function. So we need to check
for NULL here.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
If the memory regions are different efi_st_memcmp currently
returns the difference of the addresses. Insted the
difference of the first differing byte pair should be
returned.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This patch provides an EFI application to check the correct function
of the Simple Network Protocol implementation.
It sends a DHCP request and analyzes the DHCP offer.
Different error conditions including a 10s timeout are checked.
A successful execution will look like this:
=> bootefi nettest
Scanning disk ide.blk#0...
Found 1 disks
WARNING: Invalid device tree, expect boot to fail
Network test
DHCP Discover
DHCP reply received from 192.168.76.2 (52:55:c0:a8:4c:02)
as broadcast message.
OK. The test was completed successfully.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add %pm as format string to print a MAC address.
This is helpful when analyzing network problems.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Enclose definition in parantheses to allow using efi_st_error
like a void function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
In the receive function all return values should be filled.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The size fields in the Simple Network Protocol are all
UINTN in the UEFI spec. So use size_t.
Provide a function description of the receive function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The returned interrupt status was wrong.
As out transmit buffer is empty we need to always set
EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_TRANSMIT_INTERRUPT.
When we have received a packet we need to set
EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_RECEIVE_INTERRUPT.
Furthermore we should call efi_timer_check() to handle events.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The WaitForPacket event informs that a network package has been
received by the SimpleNetworkProtocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
[agraf: Move is_signaled = true line into efi_net_push()]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
A timer event is defined. The timer handler cares for receiving new
packets.
efi_timer_check is called both in efi_net_transmit and efi_net_receive
to enable events during network communication.
Calling efi_timer_check in efi_net_get_status is implemented in a
separate patch.
[agraf] This patch is needed to make efi_net_get_status() actually
report incoming packets.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
[agraf: fix spelling in comment]
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
U-Boot does not implement all functions of the simple network
protocol. The unimplemented functions return either of
EFI_SUCCESS and EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER.
The UEFI spec foresees to return EFI_UNSUPPORTED in these cases.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The length of a MAC address is 6.
We have to set this length in the EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_MODE
structure of the EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_PROTOCOL.
Without this patch iPXE fails to initialize the network with
error message
SNP MAC(001e0633bcbf,0x0) has invalid hardware address length 0
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Provide the simple network protocol revision.
This revision number could be used to identify backwards compatible
enhancements of the protocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
WaitForPacket is an event and not a function pointer.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The UEFI spec defines parameter index of WaitForEvent as UINTN*.
So we should use size_t here.
I deliberately do not use UINTN because I hold a following patch
that will eliminate UINTN because uppercase types to not match
the U-Boot coding style.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We need to call some boottime services internally.
Our GUIDs are stored as const efi_guid_t *.
The boottime services never change GUIDs.
So we can define the parameters as const efi_guid_t *.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The UEFI spec defines the length parameters of CopyMem and SetMem
as UINTN. We should size_t here.
The source buffer of CopyMem should be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We should use the existing 64bit division instead of
reinventing the wheel.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Provide comments describing the boot service functions.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Rename counter to more illustrative names.
Update notification function description.
Simplify notification function.
Add comment for arbitrary non-zero value.
Document @return.
Use constants for return values of setup, execute, teardown.
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Queued and signaled describe boolean states of events.
So let's use type bool and rename the structure members to is_queued
and is_signaled.
Update the comments for is_queued and is_signaled.
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
All error messages in the selftests should use efi_st_error.
efi_st_error will print the file name and line number of the error.
Splitting message texts due to lines being over 80
characters is avoided. This resolves the issue reported
by Simon Glass in
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2017-September/307387.html
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 623b3a5797 efi_selftest: provide an EFI selftest application
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Realloc does not free the old memory area if it fails.
Identified by cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The livetree codepath of ofnode_get_addr_size always used the "reg"
property for of_get_property. Use the property parameter of the function
call instead and check the return value if the property exists.
Otherwise return FDT_ADDR_T_NONE.
This was discoverd while using SPI NOR with livetree.
spi_flash_decode_fdt checks for memory-map and will not fail with
livetree even if the property does not exist.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The size variable may not be always be a mulitple of
ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN and using it to flush cache leads to cache
misaligned warnings.
Therefore, round up the size to a multiple of ARCH_DMA_MINLAIGN
when allocating private data.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These checks cannot fail since driver model will not call a driver's
method if it cannot fully create the driver data structures.
It is confusing to have these checks and others might copy them. Drop this
code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In U-Boot -ENODEV means that there is no device. When there is a problem
with the device, drivers should return an error like -ENXIO or -EREMOTEIO.
When the device tree properties cannot be read correct , they should
return -EINVAL.
Update various GPIO drivers to follow this rule, to help with consistency
for future driver writers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
These three drivers all use U_BOOT_DEVICE rather than device tree to
create devices, so have to do manual allocation of platform data. This is
not true for new platforms.
Add a more explicit comment so that people do not copy this approach with
new boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
It does not look like this driver needs to use a bind() method. It does
not manually create devices with device_bind() nor does it create devices
using U_BOOT_DEVICE(). It seems to only use device tree.
Therefore the manual allocation of platform data is not needed and is
confusing. Also platform data should be set up by the ofdata_to_platdata()
method, not bind().
Update the driver in case others use it as a model in future.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Since e7881d85 "dm: mmc: Drop CONFIG_DM_MMC_OPS" DM_MMC_OPS
is no more used, remove it from STM32_SDMMC2 dependencies
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add pinctrl and sdmmc nodes to add MMC support for
STM32H743 evaluation board.
Evaluation board needs a second pinctrl node
"pinctrl_sdmmc1_level_shifter" to drive a level shifter
on MMC bus.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
As suggested by Vikas Manocha, update embedded SRAM address
to use AXI SRAM available on D1 domain instead of using
AHB SRAM (D2 domain).
On some STM32H743 SoCs, D2 domain SRAM is accessible even if
SRAMxEN bit in AHB2ENR bits are not set whereas on others SoCs
version it's not accessible.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
As the timer 2 is on APB1 bus, the maximum of clock frequency of APB1 timer
clock is half of SYSCLK. Then to calculate the timer prescaler for timer 2
which need to be divided by 2.
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Check malloc() return values and properly unwind on errors so
memory allocated for fat_itr structures get freed properly.
Also fixes a leak of fsdata.fatbuf in fat_size().
Fixes: 2460098cff ("fs/fat: Reduce stack usage")
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167225, 167233, 167234)
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The 'block' field of fat_itr needs to be properly aligned for DMA and
while it does have '__aligned(ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN)', the fat_itr structure
itself needs to be properly aligned as well.
While at it use malloc_cache_aligned() for the other aligned allocations
in the file as well.
Fixes: 2460098cff ("fs/fat: Reduce stack usage")
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the Linux Kernel on ARM64, the Image.COMPRESSION file is not
self-extracting in the way that x86 and ARM images are. So when
CMD_BOOTI is enabled we should also default to enabling CMD_UNZIP and
CONFIG_LZMA in order for the user to be able to decompress many of the
common compressions that will be done to an Image file.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On case-insensitive file systems we have collision between
scripts/kconfig/ directory and scripts/Kconfig file. This patch moves
scripts/Kcofnig contents to cmd/Kconfig to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This driver is currently used by STM32F7 and STM32H7 SoCs.
As CONFIG_CLK and OF_CONTROL flags are set by default for these
2 SoCs, this flag becomes useless in this driver, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
stm32f4 doesn't support FIFO and OVERRUN feature.
The enable bit is not at the same location in CR1
register than for STM32F7 and STM32H7.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Add fifo mode support for rx and tx.
As only STM32H7 supports this feature, add has_fifo flag
to uart configuration to use fifo only when possible.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
STM32F4 serial IP is similar to F7 and H7, but registers
are not located at the same offset and some feature are
only supported by F7 and H7 version.
Registers offset must be added for each version and also
some flags indicated the supported feature.
Update registers name to match with datasheet (sr to isr,
rx_dr to rdr and tx_dr to tdr) and remove unused regs
(cr2, gtpr, rtor, and rqr).
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This patch remove the extra compatibility string "st,stm32h7-usart"
and "st,stm32f7-usart" to avoid confusion, save some time & space.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
macro branch_if_master checks master CPU via (Aff3 & (Aff2:Aff1:Aff0))
it is simple but a little obscure.
fix by checking Affx fields within MPIDR_EL1 directly.
Signed-off-by: zijun_hu <zijun_hu@htc.com>
relocate_code() allocates 32 bytes stack frame but only 16 bytes are
freed before return. it will cause errors to possible previous frames
and doesn't make relocate_code() look like a function.
fix by freeing 32 bytes stack space
Signed-off-by: zijun_hu <zijun_hu@htc.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
the new GD address is calculated via board data BD currently
it require the new GD area locates below BD tightly, so a strict
constraint is imposed on memory layout which maybe make special
platform unpleasant.
fix it by getting new GD address from gd->new_gd directly.
Signed-off-by: zijun_hu <zijun_hu@htc.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Given how we handle the ARM toolchain we can't easily combine these two
jobs, so don't. Give xilinx/ARM a separate build.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The recent changes to these files did not completely fix the previous
issues, or introduced different (minor) issues. In cmd/gpt.c we need to
dereference str_disk_guid to be sure that malloc worked. In
cmd/nvedit.c we need to be careful that we can also fit in that leading
space when adding to the string. And in tools/fit_image.c we need to
re-work the error handling slightly in fit_import_data() so that we only
call munmap() once. We have two error paths here, one where we have an
fd to close and one where we do not. Adjust labels to match this.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167366, 167367, 167370)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board is based on Intel Tangier SoC (Intel Merrifield platform)
and may utilize ACPI powerfulness.
Bring minimum support by appending initial DSDT table for it.
Note, the addresses for generated tables are carefully chosen to avoid
any conflicts with existing shadowed BIOS data. The user have somewhat
like ~31 kB available for compiled ACPI tables that ought to be enough.
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Intel Tangier SoC is a part of Intel Merrifield platform which doesn't
utilize ACPI by default. Here is an attempt to unleash ACPI flexibility
power on Intel Merrifield based platforms.
The change brings minimum support of the devices that found on
Intel Merrifield based end user device.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The setexpr command is useful for scripting, lets enable it for all
x86 based theadorable platforms.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This enables the easier usage of "-custom" kernel versions as well.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is needed for the PCIe hotplug to work correctly on some boards.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
- Move SoCFPGA and K2 boards to their own job
- Expand the microblaze job to cover ARM boards from Xilinx as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As reported by Coverity, we did not free dirnode in the case of failure.
Do so now.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 131221)
Cc: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Coverity has found some problems with the return paths in parts of this
code. We have a case where we were going to the wrong part of the
unwind (open() failed so we cannot close the fd), a case where we were
only free()ing our buf on the error path and finally a case where we did
not munmap in the failure path.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 138492, 138495, 143064)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For the initrd portion of handling our bootm arguments we do not have a
sufficiently long enough buffer for some improbable 64bit cases. Expand
this buffer to allow for a 64bit address and almost 256MB initrd to be
used. Make use of strncpy/strncat when constructing the values here
since we know what the worst case valid values are, length wise.
Similarly for bootargs themselves, we need to make use of strlen/sizeof
and strncpy/strncat to ensure that we don't overflow bootargs itself.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 131256)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When we have multiple messages provided, we need to be sure that we do
not exceed the length of our 'message' buffer. In the for loop, make
sure that pos is not larger than message. Only copy in at most however
much of the message buffer remains. Finally, if we have not reached the
end of the message buffer, put in a space and NULL, and if we have,
ensure the buffer is now NULL termined.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 165116)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the overlay tests now being built in sandbox Coverity has found a
number of issues in the tests. In short, if malloc ever failed we would
leak the previous mallocs, so we need to do the usual goto pattern to
free each in turn. Finally, we always looked at the free()d location to
see how many tests had failed for the return code.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167224, 167227, 167230, 167236)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Create a common exit for most of the error handling code in
do_rename_gpt_parts. Delete the list elements in disk_partitions
before calling INIT_LIST_HEAD from get_gpt_info() a second time.
The SIZEOF_MISMATCH error is not addressed, since that problem was
already fixed by "GPT: incomplete initialization in
allocate_disk_part".
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167222, 167235, 167237)
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The previous commit fixed a problem in FAT code where going back to the
root directory using '..' wouldn't work correctly on FAT12 or FAT16.
Add a test to exercise this case (which was once fixed in commit
18a10d46f2 "fat: handle paths that include ../" but reintroduced due to
the directory iterator refactoring).
This test only very barely catches the problem - without the fix the
size command still gives valid output but the additional spurious
"Invalid FAT entry" error message makes it not get caught in the
'egrep -A3 ' output. I tried to make a proper test that grows the root
directory to two clusters lots of with dummy files but that causes the
write tests to crash the sandbox totally...
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If we end up back in the root directory via a '..' directory entry, set
itr->is_root accordingly. Failing to do that gives spews like
"Invalid FAT entry" and being unable to access directory entries located
past the first cluster of the root directory.
Fixes: 8eafae209c ("fat/fs: convert to directory iterators")
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Currently we can only test FAT32 which is the default FAT version that
mkfs.vfat creates by default. Instead make it explicitly create either a
FAT16 or a FAT32 volume. This allows us to exercise more code, for
instance the root directory handling is done differently in FAT32 than
the older FATs.
Adding FAT12 support is a much bigger job since the test creates a 2.5GB
file and the FAT12 maximum partition size is way smaller than that.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The current code doesn't compute the group descriptor checksum correctly
for the filesystems that e2fsprogs 1.43.4 creates (they have
'Group descriptor size: 64' as reported by tune2fs). Extend the checksum
calculation to be done as ext4_group_desc_csum() does in Linux.
This fixes these errors in dmesg from running fs-test.sh and makes it
succeed again:
[1671902.620699] EXT4-fs (loop1): ext4_check_descriptors: Checksum for group 0 failed (35782!=10965)
[1671902.620706] EXT4-fs (loop1): group descriptors corrupted!
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
The regulator bindings state that regulator prefixes are allowd to be
in upper or lower case. However pmic_bind_children from pmic_uclass uses
strncmp to compare DT node name against prefix. This comparison is case
sensitive hence the regulator driver prefix case matters.
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
When eMMC was formattaed for Linux partition table, "userdata" partition
is missing. In this case, part_get_info_by_name() iterates over all
registered drivers (which are PART_TYPE_EFI, PART_TYPE_DOS and
PART_TYPE_ISO). And when it comes to PART_TYPE_ISO (which has empty
partition table), we can see next warning in U-Boot output:
** First descriptor is NOT a primary desc on 1:1 **
This patch switches to part_get_info_by_name_type() API in order to
check only EFI partitions for "userdata" partitions. This eliminates
mentioned warning.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is already existing function part_get_info_by_name().
But sometimes user is particularly interested in looking for only
specific partition type. This patch implements such an API that
provides partition searching by name for specified partition type.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When using regular $partitions variable (for Linux boot), we can see
some unwanted messages:
> ERROR: cannot find partition: 'userdata'
> at arch/arm/mach-omap2/utils.c:96/omap_mmc_get_part_size()
> Warning: fastboot.userdata_size: unable to calc
Let's remove those, as missing 'userdata' partition is correct behavior
for Linux partition, and we don't want to see some Android-related
messages in this case.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
This board builds an U-Boot binary that is bootable with QEMU's 'virt'
machine on ARM. The minimal QEMU command line is:
qemu-system-arm -machine virt,highmem=off -bios u-boot.bin
(Note that the 'highmem=off' parameter to the 'virt' machine is required for
PCI to work in U-Boot.) This command line enables the following:
- u-boot.bin loaded and executing in the emulated flash at address 0x0
- A generated device tree blob placed at the start of RAM
- A freely configurable amount of RAM, described by the DTB
- A PL011 serial port, discoverable via the DTB
- An ARMv7 architected timer
- PSCI for rebooting the system
- A generic ECAM-based PCI host controller, discoverable via the DTB
Additionally, QEMU allows plugging a bunch of useful peripherals to the PCI bus.
The following ones are supported by both U-Boot and Linux:
- To add a Serial ATA disk via an Intel ICH9 AHCI controller, pass e.g.:
-drive if=none,file=disk.img,id=mydisk -device ich9-ahci,id=ahci -device ide-drive,drive=mydisk,bus=ahci.0
- To add an Intel E1000 network adapter, pass e.g.:
-net nic,model=e1000 -net user
- To add an EHCI-compliant USB host controller, pass e.g.:
-device usb-ehci,id=ehci
- To add a NVMe disk, pass e.g.:
-drive if=none,file=disk.img,id=mydisk -device nvme,drive=mydisk,serial=foo
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
QEMU emulates such a device with '-machine virt,highmem=off' on ARM.
The 'highmem=off' part is required for things to work as the PCI code
in U-Boot doesn't seem to support 64-bit BARs.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use the new helper function to avoid boilerplate in the driver.
Note that this changes __raw_writel et al. to writel. AFAICT this is
no problem because:
- The Linux driver for the same hardware uses the non-__raw variants as
well (via pci_generic_config_write()).
- This driver seems to be used only on MIPS so far, where the __raw and
non-__raw accessors are the same.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This sort of pattern for implementing memory-mapped PCI config space
accesses appears in U-Boot twice already, and a third user is coming up.
So add helper functions to avoid code duplication, similar to how Linux
has pci_generic_config_write and pci_generic_config_read.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In order to be able to select the right DTB, we need to have identified the
board before spl_early_init() is called.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
u-boot can be embedded within a FIT image with multiple DTBs. It then
selects at run-time which one is best suited for the platform.
Use the same principle here for the SPL: put the DTBs in a FIT image,
compress it (LZO, GZIP, or no compression) and append it at the end of the
SPL.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
[trini: Move default y of SPL_MULTI_DTB_FIT_DYN_ALLOC to it being the
default choice if SYS_MALLOC_F, drop spl.h include from lib/fdtdec.c
it's unused.]
Signed-off-by Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If board_fit_config_name_match() doesn't match any configuration node,
then use the default one (if provided).
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the dtb is the first data of the FIT, the its offset is 0x0. Change the
test to '<' instead of '<='
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Those 2 functions don't modify their input, we can mark it const.
This prevents compilation warnings when they are provided const input.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_FIT_EMBED might be confused with CONFIG_OF_EMBED, rename it
MULTI_DTB_FIT as it is able to get a DTB from a FIT image containing
multiple DTBs. Also move the option to the Kconfig dedicated to the DTS
options and create a README for this feature.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since commit ff98cb9051 ("part: extract MBR signature from partitions")
SPL boot on i.MX6 starts to fail:
U-Boot SPL 2017.09-00221-g0d6ab32 (Oct 02 2017 - 15:13:19)
Trying to boot from MMC1
(keep in loop)
Use the original allocation scheme for the SPL case, so that MX6 boards
can boot again.
This is a temporary solution to avoid the boot regression.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
The EFI selftest has been broken by a patch on efi-next.
We should enable CONFIG_CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST on
qemu-x86_defconfig and qemu-x86_64_defconfig by default
to catch this type of problem in the Travis CI tests.
These systems typically have abundant memory so that
enabling this option should not pose a problem.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
While this came in with a default value of 6 I am lowering this to 4.
The MTD/UBI code has a large number of error messages that we include
now. In addition, "normally" warning messages are not included so this
feels like a more natural level to have.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As we discussed before in ML, dm_dbg() causes undefined reference
error if #define DEBUG is added to users, but not drivers/core/util.c
We do not need this macro because we can use pr_debug() instead, and
it is pretty easy to enable it for the DM core by using ccflags-y.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Copied from Linux 4.13.
Commit log of 3e9b3112ec74 of Linux explains well why this header
is useful.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Many drivers had started to use dev_err, dev_info, etc. for log
functions. Currently, we are relying on <linux/compat.h>, but I
guess the best home is <dm/device.h>, taking into account that
Linux defines them in <linux/device.h>.
For now, I am leaving the ones in <linux/compat.h> because lots of
Linux-originated code uses dev_*(), but the first argument is not
struct udevice, so we need to ignore the bogus argument. More
efforts are needed to iron out the issues.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Collect runtime BUG/WARN into a self-contained header <linux/bug.h>
to make these macros easier to use.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
As commit 84b8bf6d5d ("bug.h: move BUILD_BUG_* defines to
include/linux/bug.h") noted, include/linux/bug.h was locally
modified for U-Boot because the name conflict of error() caused
build errors at that time.
Now error() is gone, so we can fully sync BUILD_BUG* with Linux.
These macros are just compile-time utilities. Nothing depends on
platform code, so it should make sense to simply copy Linux's ones.
Please note Linux split BUILD_BUG stuff out into <linux/build_bug.h>
by commit bc6245e5efd7. Let's follow it.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This header uses ulong, size_t, loff_t.
Include <linux/types.h> to make this header self-contained.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This macro prevents us from using compiletime_error/assert defined
in <linux/compiler.h>.
Now we can remove it, then we will be able to import more BUILD_BUG
macros from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
U-Boot widely uses error() as a bit noisier variant of printf().
This macro causes name conflict with the following line in
include/linux/compiler-gcc.h:
# define __compiletime_error(message) __attribute__((error(message)))
This prevents us from using __compiletime_error(), and makes it
difficult to fully sync BUILD_BUG macros with Linux. (Notice
Linux's BUILD_BUG_ON_MSG is implemented by using compiletime_assert().)
Let's convert error() into now treewide-available pr_err().
Done with the help of Coccinelle, excluing tools/ directory.
The semantic patch I used is as follows:
// <smpl>
@@@@
-error
+pr_err
(...)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Re-run Coccinelle]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When we import code from Linux, with regular re-sync planned, we want
to use printk() and pr_*(). U-Boot does not support them in a clean
way. So, people end up with local macros, or compat headers here and
there, then we occasionally see build errors of definition conflicts.
We have include/linux/compat.h, but putting all sorts of unrelated
things into a single header is just a temporal workaround. Hence this
patch, to find the best home for all printk variants. If you want to
use printk() and friends, please include <linux/printk.h>. This header
is self-contained, and pulls in only a few headers.
When I was testing this clean-up, I noticed the image size exceeded
its platform limit on some boards. This is because all pr_*() that
were previously defined as no-op in include/linux/mtd/mtd.h (unless
CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG is set), are now enabled.
To make such boards happy, this commit also implements CONFIG_LOGLEVEL.
The concept is similar to the kernel parameter "loglevel". (Actually,
the Kconfig help message was taken from kernel-paremeter.txt of Linux)
Messages with a loglevel smaller than console loglevel will be printed.
The difference is the loglevel is build-time determined. To save the
image size, lower priority pr_*() are compiled out. I set the default
of CONFIG_LOGLEVEL to 6, i.e. pr_notice and higher priority messages
are compiled in.
I adjusted CONFIG_LOGLEVEL to avoid build error for some boards.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
[trini: Add in SPL_LOGLEVEL that is the same as LOGLEVEL]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
<common.h> pulls in a lot of headers. Including it from every .c
file is a bad idea. We need to remove contents until it contains
nothing.
Move printf() and friends to <stdio.h>.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Add pinconf support to the PFC driver, so that it can handle DT
props bias-disable, bias-pull-up, bias-pull-down, drive-strength
and power-source.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
If the USB Ethernet gadget is not yet enabled, the call of
usb_ether_init in board/sunxi/board.c will lead to undefined reference
error when building.
Fix this problem.
Fixes: 50ddbf1199a0 ("sunxi: Register usb_ether")
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
All the new SoCs from Allwinner since the A33 have had the phy_ctl offset
at 0x410 instead of 0x404 that was used on the previous SoCs.
Instead of adding more and more special cases as the number of SoCs grow,
let's invert the test to have 0x410 by default, and the (hopefully) fixed
number of old SoCs being the exception.
Suggested-by: Siarhei Siamashka <siarhei.siamashka@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Banana Pi M1 Plus is an open-source single-board computer
that adds more connectivity to the classic board using
Allwinner A20 SOC.
Bananapi M1-Plus features:
- A20 Dual-core 1.0GHz
- 1 GB DDR3 SDRAM
- MicroSD
- 10/100/1000 Ethernet RJ45
- WiFi b/g/n
- 5V DC Micro USB power-supply
For dts file,
Sync with Linux commit f92ca09("Merge branch 'akpm/master'").
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
As we have already DRAM initialization code for V3s SoC, we can
defaultly enable SPL now on Lichee Pi Zero.
Add CONFIG_SPL in Lichee Pi Zero defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Set CONFIG_MMC_SUNXI_SLOT_EXTRA=2 to enable the eMMC controller to
access eMMC on the board.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The upstream (Linux) device tree file for the Bananapi M3 follows the
convention of using the well known brand name, instead of the vendor
name, for naming. The file was recently added to upstream in commit
359b5a1e1c2d ("ARM: sun8i: a83t: Add device tree for Sinovoip Bananapi
BPI-M3")
Rename the device tree file in U-boot to match.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
USB_GADGET will fail to compile if USB_MUSB_GADGET is not defined. Make
sure we have that condition right.
Fixes: e0ea88042d51 ("sunxi: Imply USB_ETHER")
Suggested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The current code, if there's both an eMMC and an MMC slot available on the
board, will swap the MMC indices based on whether we booted from the eMMC
or the MMC. This way, the MMC we're supposed to boot on will always have
the index 0.
However, this causes various issues, for example when using other
components that base their behaviour on the MMC index, such as fastboot.
Let's remove that hack, and take the opposite approach. The MMC will always
have the same index, but the bootcmd will pick the same device than the one
we booted from. This is done through the introduction of the mmc_bootdev
environment variable that will be filled by the board code based on the
boot device informations we can get from the SoC.
In order to not introduce regressions, we also need to adjust the fastboot
MMC device and the environment device in order to set it to the eMMC, over
the MMC, like it used to be the case.
Tested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Our current board code duplicates a bit the sunxi_get_boot_device logic.
Now that we can use that function in the full-flavoured U-Boot, remove that
duplication and call the function instead.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
U-Boot itself might need to identify the boot device, for example to be
able to tell where to load the kernel from when several options are
possible.
Move the logic of spl_boot_device to a function that is compiled both for
the SPL and the main binary.
Tested-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
From rev.J A20-OLinuXino-MICRO has eMMC option. For now this is
only 4GB, but in the future size may increase.
The dts file is the same from mainline kernel.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Mavrodiev <stefan@olimex.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
GPT is pretty common these days and can be useful for things like fastboot.
Add a platform imply, so that users can still opt out if they wish so.
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
CONFIG_RANDOM_UUID is used by the GPT command to generate random UUID when
none are provided.
Move that option to Kconfig.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The kernel DT of the SinA33 has evolved quite a bit. Make sure we sync it
and its upstream DTSI to be able to use the OTG. The DTs were taken from
the 4.13 kernel release.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Now that we can enable the usb_ether gadget, do it. This will be especially
useful for boards that don't have any ethernet controller, such as the ones
based on the A13 or A33.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The device model was implemented so far using a hook that needed to be
called from the board support, without DT support and only for the host.
Switch to probing both in peripheral and host mode through the DT.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Fastboot need a bunch of options to be operating properly, such as the
g_dnl gadget, the fastboot command, and some options that make sense. Since
fastboot is now part of Kconfig, make sure we have them right.
That will also reduce the boilerplate in the defconfigs.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
A good number of our boards have USB_GADGET enabled. Imply it so that all
the boards can benefit from it, and remove some boilerplate from our
defconfigs.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
All the Allwinner boards use the same manufacturer, VID and PID for the
gadgets. Make them the defaults to remove some boilerplate from our
defconfigs.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The usb_ether gadget duplicates the USB settings for the manufacturer,
product ID and vendor ID.
Make sure we use the common option so that we can expect a single VID/PID
couple for a single device.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The g_dnl USB settings for the vendor ID, product ID and manufacturer are
actually common settings that can and should be shared by all the gadgets.
Make them common by renaming them, and convert all the users.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
We need to select an interface for the usb_ether gadget, and they haven't
been converted to Kconfig yet. Add a choice to make sure we have an option
selected, and convert all the users.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
While the USB Ethernet device address is already defined in Kconfig, the
host address isn't. Convert it.
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The USBNET_DEVADDR has nothing to do with the USB download gadget, but
rather with the USB Ethernet gadget. Move it out of the if statement.
Acked-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The setbits/clrbits/clrsetbits macros are used widely across the tree,
let's provide implementation for them in the sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Convert the sandbox architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h
to provide address mapping functions. As sandbox actually performs
non-identity mapping between physical & virtual addresses we can't
simply make use of the generic mapping functions, but are able to
implement phys_to_virt() & make use of it from map_physmem().
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the powerpc architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h
to provide address mapping functions. As powerpc can actually perform
non-identity mapping between physical & virtual addresses we can't
simply make use of the generic phys_to_virt() & virt_to_phys()
functions. However since map_physmem() already effectively implemented
the same thing as virt_to_phys() we can simply implement virt_to_phys()
instead of map_physmem() & use the generic map_physmem(). We also drop
the no-op unmap_physmem().
This has only been build-tested, feedback from architecture maintainers
is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Convert the nios2 architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h to
provide address mapping functions. As nios2 actually performs
non-identity mapping between physical & virtual addresses we can't
simply make use of the generic functions, with the exception of being
able to drop our no-op unmap_physmem() and definitions of unused map
flags.
Feedback from architecture maintainers is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Convert the mips architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h to
provide address mapping functions. As mips actually performs
non-identity mapping between physical & virtual addresses we can't
simply make use of the generic functions, with the exception of being
able to drop our no-op unmap_physmem() and definitions of unused map
flags.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Convert the xtensa architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h
to provide address mapping functions. As the generic implementations are
suitable for xtensa this is primarily a matter of moving code.
This has only been build-tested, feedback from architecture maintainers
is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Convert the x86 architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h to
provide address mapping functions. As the generic implementations are
suitable for x86 this is primarily a matter of moving code.
This has only been build-tested, feedback from architecture maintainers
is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the sh architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h to
provide address mapping functions. As the generic implementations are
suitable for sh this is primarily a matter of moving code.
Feedback from architecture maintainers is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Convert the nds32 architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h
to provide address mapping functions. As the generic implementations are
suitable for nds32 this is primarily a matter of removing code.
Feedback from architecture maintainers is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@andestech.com>
Convert the microblaze architecture to make use of the new
asm-generic/io.h to provide address mapping functions. As the generic
implementations are suitable for microblaze this is primarily a matter
of removing code.
Feedback from architecture maintainers is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Convert the m68k architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h to
provide address mapping functions. As the generic implementations are
suitable for m68k this is primarily a matter of emoving code.
Feedback from architecture maintainers is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Huan Wang <alison.wang@freescale.com>
Cc: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Acked-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Tested-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Convert the arm architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h to
provide address mapping functions. As the generic implementations are
suitable for arm this is primarily a matter of removing code.
This has only been build-tested, feedback from architecture maintainers
is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the arc architecture to make use of the new asm-generic/io.h to
provide address mapping functions. As the generic implementations are
suitable for arc this is primarily a matter of removing code.
Feedback from architecture maintainers is welcome.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <alexey.brodkin@synopsys.com>
Acked-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Most architectures currently supported by U-Boot use trivial
implementations of map_to_physmem & virt_to_phys which simply cast a
physical address to a pointer for use a virtual address & vice-versa.
This results in a lot of duplicate implementations of these mapping
functions.
The set of functions provided by different architectures also differs,
with some having implementations of phys_to_virt & others not. A later
patch will make use of phys_to_virt in architecture-neutral code, and so
requires that it be provided for all architectures.
This patch introduces an asm-generic/io.h which provides generic
implementations of address mapping functions, allowing the duplication
of them between architectures to be removed. Once architectures are
converted to make use of this generic header it will also ensure that
all of phys_to_virt, virt_to_phys, map_physmem & unmap_physmem are
provided. The 2 families of functions differ in that map_physmem may
create dynamic mappings whilst phys_to_virt may not & therefore is more
limited in scope but doesn't require information such as a length &
flags.
This patch doesn't convert any architectures to make use of this generic
header - later patches in the series will do so.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <alexey.brodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@andestech.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Acked-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Tested-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This adds the proper implementation for the BTRFS filesystem.
The implementation currently supports only read-only mode and
the filesystem can be only on a single device.
Checksums of data chunks is unimplemented.
Compression is implemented (ZLIB + LZO).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/btrfs.h
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/chunk-map.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/compression.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/ctree.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/dev.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/dir-item.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/extent-io.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/hash.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/inode.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/root.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/subvolume.c
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/super.c
BTRFS on disk structures are stored in Little Endian. Add functions
to convert this structures to cpu and to disk format.
On Little Endian hosts, these functions do nothing.
On Big Endian the CALL_MACRO_FROM_EACH from variadic-macro.h is used
to define all the members for each structure on which cpu_to_le* or
le*_to_cpu is to be called.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/conv-funcs.h
Add btrfs_tree.h and ctree.h from Linux which contains constants
and structures for the BTRFS filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/btrfs_tree.h
create mode 100644 fs/btrfs/ctree.h
Add a header variadic-macro.h which defines the CALL_MACRO_FOR_EACH marco.
This macro can be used as follows:
#define TEST(x)
CALL_MACRO_FOR_EACH(TEST, a, b, c, d)
This will expand to
TEST(a) TEST(b) TEST(c) TEST(d)
The nice thing is that CALL_MACRO_FOR_EACH is a variadic macro, thus the
number of arguments can vary (although it has an upper limit - in this
implementation 32 arguments).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
create mode 100644 include/u-boot/variadic-macro.h
The ext4, reiserfs and zfs filesystems all have their own implementation
of the same function, *_devread. Generalize this function into fs_devread
and put the code into fs/fs_internal.c.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
[trini: Move fs/fs_internal.o hunk to the end of fs/Makefile as all
cases need it]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add UniPhier platform specific glue layer to support USB3 Host mode
on Synopsys DWC3 IP.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The stored 'blk' value is overwritten to 'size / 512' before it can
be used in usb_stor_set_max_xfer_blk(). This is not what we want.
In fact, when 'size' exceeds the upper limit (USHRT_MAX * 512), we
should simply assign 'size' to the upper limit.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167250)
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The 'Max Burst Size' indicates to the xHC the maximum number of
consecutive USB transactions that should be executed per scheduling
opportunity. This is a “zero-based” value, where 0 to 15 represents
burst sizes of 1 to 16, but at present this is always set to zero.
Let's program the required value according to real needs.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
USB endpoint reports the period between consecutive requests to send
or receive data as bInverval in its endpoint descriptor. So far this
is ignored by xHCI driver and the 'Interval' field in xHC's endpoint
context is always programmed to zero which means 1ms for low speed
or full speed , or 125us for high speed or super speed. We should
honor the interval by getting it from endpoint descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
USB 3.0 hubs report bit[5] in the port status change response as BH
reset. The hub shall set the C_BH_PORT_RESET field for this port.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
During usb_hub_port_connect_change(), a port reset set feature
request is issued to the port, and later a port reset clear feature
is done to the same port before the function returns. However at
the end of usb_scan_port(), we attempt to clear port reset again
on a cached port status change variable, which should not be done.
Adjust the call to clear port reset to right before the call to
usb_hub_port_connect_change().
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In xhci_check_maxpacket(), the control endpoint 0 max packet size
is wrongly taken from the interface's endpoint descriptor. However
the default endpoint 0 does not come with an endpoint descriptor
hence is not included in the interface structure. Change to use
epmaxpacketin[0] instead.
The other bug in this routine is that when setting max packet size
to the xHC endpoint 0 context, it does not clear its previous value
at all before programming a new one.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
For xHCI it is not possible to read a device descriptor before it
has been assigned an address. That's why usb_setup_descriptor()
was called with 'do_read' being false. But we really need try to
read the device descriptor before starting any real communication
with the default control endpoint.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Full speed device endpoint 0 can have 8/16/32/64 bMaxPacketSize0.
Other speed devices report fixed value per USB spec. So it only
makes sense if we send a get device descriptor with 64 bytes to
full speed devices.
While we are here, update the comment block to be within 80 cols.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
xHCI uses normal TRBs for both bulk and interrupt. This adds the
missing interrupt transfer support to xHCI so that devices like
USB keyboard that uses interrupt transfer can work.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Normal endpoint descriptor size is 7, but for audio extension it is
9. Handle that correctly when parsing endpoint descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present xHCI driver assumes LS/FS devices are attached directly
to a HS hub. If they are connected to a LS/FS hub, the driver will
fail to perform the USB enumeration process on such devices.
This is fixed by looking from the device itself all the way up to
the HS hub where the TT that serves the device is located.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Now that we have changed to remove all devices under the root hub in
usb_stop(), and corrected the USB emulator select logic, it makes no
sense to do various tests based on 'usb tree' output since the order
of devices is no longer fixed. Remove these USB test cases related
to 'usb tree'.
For the USB remove test, ideally we should remove an emulator device
node from the device tree, but this is so far not working. Change to
test the 'usb stop' only.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With the root hub unbinding in usb_stop(), there is no need to do
a Sandbox-specific reset operation. usb_emul_reset() is no longer
used anywhere, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present we only do device_remove() during usb stop. The DM API
device_remove() only marks the device state as inactivated, but
still keeps its USB topology (eg: parent, children, etc) in the DM
device structure. There is no issue if we only start USB subsystem
once and never stop it. But a big issue occurs when we do 'usb stop'
and 'usb start' multiple times.
Strange things may be observed with current implementation, like:
- the enumeration may report only 1 mass storage device is detected,
but the total number of USB devices is correct.
- USB keyboard does not work anymore after a bunch of 'usb reset'
even if 'usb tree' shows it is correctly identified.
- read/write flash drive via 'fatload usb' may complain "Bad device"
In fact, every time when USB host controller starts the enumeration
process, it takes random time for each USB port to show up online,
hence each USB device may appear in a different order from previous
enumeration, and gets assigned to a totally different USB address.
As a result, we end up using a stale USB topology in the DM device
structure which still reflects the previous enumeration result, and
it may create an exact same DM device name like generic_bus_0_dev_7
that is already in the DM device structure. And since the DM device
structure is there, there is no device_bind() call to bind driver to
the device during current enumeration process, eventually creating
an inconsistent software representation of the hardware topology, a
non-working USB subsystem.
The fix is to clear the unused USB topology in the usb_stop(), by
calling device_unbind() on each controller's root hub device, and
the unbinding will unbind all of its children automatically.
For Sandbox, we need scan the device tree each time when we start
the USB stack, in order to re-create the emulated USB devices and
bind drivers for them before we actually do the driver probe.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present the usb hub emulator always reports its downstream port
speed as full speed. Actually it is high speed for sandbox-flash,
and low speed for sandbox-keyb. We can determine the device speed
by checking its device descriptor bcdUSB field, and do the proper
hub port status report based on that.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This can be useful outside of the sandbox usb emulation uclass
driver. Expose it as a public API with a proper prefix (usb_emul_).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Current emulator select logic in usb_emul_find_devnum() is to test
the USB address. The USB address of the device being enumerated is
initialized to zero at the beginning of the enumeration process in
usb_setup_device(). At this point, the saved USB address in the
platform data has not been assigned to any valid USB address either.
This means: the logic will select an emulator device according to
its sequence of declaring order in the device tree. Take test.dts
for example, flash-stick@0 will be selected before flash-stick@1.
But unfortunately such logic is wrong.
In fact USB devices show up in a random order during the enumeration
which means usb_emul_find_devnum() may be called on port 3 for keyb@3
before on port 0 for flash-stick@0.
To fix this, we introduce a new emulator uclass specific platdata
to store the USB device's port number on its parent hub, and update
the logic to test the port number instead.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present 'usb tree' shows that the root hub on the Sandbox USB
controller is at full speed. But its device descriptor says it's
USB 2.0, so let's report it as a high speed device.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Patch queue for efi - 2017-10-01
Lots of new things this time. High level highlights are:
- Shim support (to boot Fedora)
- Initial set of unit tests
- Preparations to support UEFI Shell
With Makefiles testing for $(SPL_TPL_)SYSRESET, we need TPL_SYSRESET
for do_reset() in TPL for Rockchip SoCs.
References: 87c16d4 "drivers: spl: consistently use the $(SPL_TPL_)
macro"
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The RK3399-Q7 requires DM regulator support in SPL, so we can use the
regulator framework to reenable the eMMC and SPI, if these had been
turned of by the BIOS_DISABLE signal.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Makefile already tests for SPL_DM_REGULATOR_FIXED, but Kconfig
does not provide it. This adds SPL_DM_REGULATOR_FIXED to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The (Qseven) BIOS_DISABLE signal on the RK3399-Q7 (Puma) keeps the
eMMC and SPI in reset initially and we need to write a GPIO to turn
them on before continuing the boot-up.
This adds the DTS entries for the additional regulator and makes
pinctrl and gpio3 available during SPL. It also adds a hook to the
spl_board_init() to ensure that the regulator gets probed and enabled.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The original initialisation code for board_init() was largely lifted
from the code on the EVB. However, the RK3399-Q7 can do with a much
more concise init sequence.
This cleans up the board_init() by updating it to the essentials for
the RK3399-Q7 and getting rid of the accumulated cruft.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the general case, we want to continue booting the full U-Boot
(contained in a discoverable FIT image) from the same device the SPL
stage was loaded from. This prepends the 'same-as-spl' specifier to
our configurable boot-order to make this the default behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To support the new "same-as-spl" specifier in the boot-order on the
RK3399, this implements the chip-specific mapping from the information
obtainable from the BROM to a OF path name.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is often desirable to configure the spl-boot-order (i.e. the order
that SPL probes devices to find the FIT image containing a full U-Boot)
such that it contains 'the same device the SPL stage was booted from'
early on. To support this, we introduce the 'same-as-spl' specifier
for the spl-boot-order property.
This commit adds:
- documentation for the new board_spl_was_booted_from() function that
individual SoCs/boards should provide, if they can determine where
the SPL was booted from
- implements the new board_spl_was_booted_from() stub function
- adds support for handling the 'same-as-spl' specifier and calling
into the per-SoC/per-board support code.
This also updates the documentation for the 'u-boot,spl-boot-order'
property.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the expectation that the spl-boot-order code will eventually
gain use outside of mach-rockchip: let's add documentation on the
spl_node_to_boot_device() function, which is likely to become a
publicly exported function.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Rockchip BROM allows reading where it booted from from SRAM.
This adds the necessary definitions (as received from Kever) for
the location of this information in the RK3399's SRAM and naming
for the constants used.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The later-stage spl_board_init (as opposed to board_init_f) should set
up board-specific details: these differ between the EVB-RK3399 and the
RK3399-Q7 (Puma).
This moves spl_board_init back into the individual boards and removes
the unneeded functionality from Puma.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is already defined in
include/configs/rockchip-common.h
For CONFIG_ROCKCHIP_BACK_TO_BROM=y we redefine CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET
to an unsuitable value. We were lucky to get a compiler warning.
Remove the incorrect redefinition.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Apparently, our earlier assumption that the BROM will always set up
the iomux for SDcard communication does not always hold true: when
booting U-Boot from the on-module (on the RK3368-uQ7) eMMC, the SDcard
pins are not set up and need to be configured by the pinctrl driver to
allow SD card access.
This change implements support for setting up the SDMMC pins in
pinctrl for the RK3368.
Reported-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RK3368-uQ7 ATF has been moved back to 0x100000 (1MB from the start
of DRAM) to avoid it overwriting the active SPL stage during FIT image
loading. This change adapts the .its to match up (again) with our ATF
repository for the RK3368-uQ7.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the size of SPL can't be exceeded 0x8000 bytes in RK3288,
it is not possible add new SPL features like Falcon mode or etc.
So add TPL stage so-that adding new features to SPL is possible.
- TPL: DRAM init, clocks
- SPL: MMC, falcon, etc
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Instead of directly calling into the back-to-bootrom code, the RK3399
common SPL implementation now uses BOOT_DEVICE_BOOTROM to trigger a
transfer back into the bootrom.
With this factored out, the spl_board_init function can not be
customised for each RK3399 board.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove a duplicate CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC assignment for the lion-rk3368
defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Enable the Rockchip SARADC driver for all Rockchip SoCs.
Note that the SARADC peripheral is available on all SoCs except the
RK3036 and RK3228. However, as this is a DM-driver, enabling by
default will not cause any function problems (and can always be
changed from defconfig, if size is a concern).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
The ADC can support some channels signal-ended some bits Successive Approximation
Register (SAR) A/D Converter, like 6-channel and 10-bit. It converts the analog
input signal into some bits binary digital codes.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Add tracing printings to Linux/Android boot commands, so that we can see
what's going on. Helps to trace possible bugs on early stages and
improves the output for user (which is especially useful, because we
have a bunch of boot commands executing one by one).
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Extract commands for booting Linux from eMMC to separate command. It
seems more logical that way, and allows us to run the whole command set
from U-Boot shell with only one command.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Right now on OMAP5-based boards we have only one partition defined for
Linux boot, which is rootfs. That doesn't work with bootpart=1:2 (that
is defined in include/environment/ti/boot.h). To fix Linux boot we may
either:
1. Change bootpart to be 1:1
2. Or add preceding partition, so that rootfs is actually 1:2
Second choice seems more reasonable, as DFU is already using similar
partition table and can rely on bootpart to be 1:2.
This patch adds "bootloader" partition. So now eMMC layout for Linux
boot looks like this:
offset content size partition
(KiB) (KiB)
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
=======================================================================
0 +--------------------------------+
| MBR/GPT header | 128 -
128 +--------------------------------+
| MLO | 256 -
384 +--------------------------------+
| u-boot.img | 1792 bootloader
2176 +--------------------------------+
| //////////// hole //////////// | 256 -
2432 +--------------------------------+
| U-Boot environment | 128 -
2560 +--------------------------------+
| U-Boot environment (redundant) | 128 -
2688 +--------------------------------+
| rootfs | remaining rootfs
end +--------------------------------+
=======================================================================
Guard hole appears because U-Boot environment offset was calculated for
Android partition table, which has two additional partitions in place of
that hole ("environment" and "misc" partitions).
This patch also changes rootfs offset from 2 MiB further to 2688 KiB,
so that there won't be any collisions with U-Boot environment when we
flash rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Right now on OMAP5-based boards we have only one partition defined for
Linux boot, which is rootfs. That doesn't work with bootpart=1:2 (that
is defined in include/environment/ti/boot.h). To fix Linux boot we may
either:
1. Change bootpart to be 1:1
2. Or add preceding partition, so that rootfs is actually 1:2
Second choice seems more reasonable, as DFU is already using similar
partition table and can rely on bootpart to be 1:2.
This patch adds "bootloader" partition. So now eMMC layout for Linux
boot looks like this:
offset content size partition
(KiB) (KiB)
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
=======================================================================
0 +--------------------------------+
| MBR/GPT header | 128 -
128 +--------------------------------+
| MLO | 256 -
384 +--------------------------------+
| u-boot.img | 1792 bootloader
2176 +--------------------------------+
| //////////// hole //////////// | 256 -
2432 +--------------------------------+
| U-Boot environment | 128 -
2560 +--------------------------------+
| U-Boot environment (redundant) | 128 -
2688 +--------------------------------+
| rootfs | remaining rootfs
end +--------------------------------+
=======================================================================
Guard hole appears because U-Boot environment offset was calculated for
Android partition table, which has two additional partitions in place of
that hole ("environment" and "misc" partitions).
This patch also changes rootfs offset from 2 MiB further to 2688 KiB,
so that there won't be any collisions with U-Boot environment when we
flash rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
This re-syncs omap3 DTS file with current file from
Linux v4.14-rc1 to ensure a consistent configuration. Upstream
Linux removed the redundant Interrupt-parent property from usbhsohci,
usbhsehci, ssi_port1 and ssi_port2 sub nodes.
Signed-off-by: Karthik Tummala <karthik@techveda.org>
Add missing .priv_auto_alloc_size() callback.
Previously private struct stm32_clk was not allocate
which leads to unpredictable behaviour
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With DM enabled, gpio numbering is assigned based on the
probed order of gpios, irrespective of the gpio base. So enable
all necessary gpios in SPL.
Fixes: edf25d94d55c (“ARM: dts: OMAP5+: Enable gpio in SPL”)
Reported-by: Gou, Hongmei <h-gou@ti.com>
Tested-by: Aparna Balasubramanian <aparnab@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Now the u-boot spi image is greater than 0x80000, increase the same
in env during spi erase.
Reported-by: Yan Liu <yan-liu@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
On all other platforms the command 'findfdt' populates the variable
'fdtfile', but on K2G we only populate 'name_fdt'. The generic boot
and automation scripts fail when 'findfdt' is not populated, fix
this for K2G.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
On secure devices the initial secure software may install a firewall at
the end of DRAM, define protected RAM to avoid space.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
This patch adds support for authentication of both plain
text and encrypted binaries. A new SECDEV package is needed
to enable encryption of binaries by default for AM3x.
The ROM authentication API detects encrypted images at
runtime and automatically decrypts the image if the
signature verification passes.
Addition of encryption on AM3x results in a change in the
image format. On AM4x, AM5x and, on AM3x devices signing
clear test images, the signature is appended to the end of the
binary.
On AM3x, when the SECDEV package is used to create signed
and encrypted images, the signature is added as a header
to the start of the binary. So the binary size calculation
has been updated to reflect this change.
The signing tools and encrypted image format for AM3x
cannot be changed to behave like AM4x and AM5x to
maintain backward compatibility with older Sitara
M-Shield releases.
Signed-off-by: Madan Srinivas <madans@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Add a new defconfig file for the AM335x High Security EVM. This config
is specific for the case of UART booting
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
With the device tree ported from Linux 4.13, this enables
Driver Model and Device Tree support for the am3517-evm
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
To keep the DTS and DTSI files clean and in sync with Linux, new
u-boot.dtsi files are added.
There are some spacing issues in the patch, but they appear to be
present in the Linux source files. I'll try to get to fixing them there,
and do a future re-sync at a later date.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Corresponds to 375506d (File writing nit) from upstream
(https://github.com/ulfalizer/Kconfiglib).
Adds proper 'imply' support and fixes a few minor issues, one of which
previously triggered the following weird warning:
configs/taurus_defconfig: /tmp/tmpisI45S:6: warning: assignment to SPL_LDSCRIPT changes mode of containing choice from "arch/$(ARCH)/cpu/u-boot-spl.lds" to "y"
The change in 8639f69 (genconfig.py: Print defconfig next to warnings)
was reapplied.
tools/moveconfig.py previously depended on a hack that merged 'select's
with 'imply's. It was modified to look at the union of
Symbol.get_selected_symbols() and Symbol.get_implied_symbols(), which
should give the same behavior.
tools/genboardscfg.py was verified to produce identical board.cfg's
before and after the change.
Signed-off-by: Ulf Magnusson <ulfalizer@gmail.com>
Checkpatch can use two dictionaries for finding typos:
* scripts/spelling.txt
* /usr/share/codespell/dictionary.txt
which comes with package codespell and is selected by parameter
--codespell
If the file scripts/spelling.txt is missing, a warning is shown.
Add the spelling.txt file from the Linux kernel 4.13 source.
We can later add our own typo corrections.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
The current code wraps a pre tag inside an a tag. For some reason, this
causes at least Firefox to attempt to drag the pre section content when
using a mouse drag to select text. Re-order the tags so that the text can
be selected using the mouse, at least if you start the drag outside the
text (after the end of the line, for example).
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Some tests use external tools (executables) during their operation. Add
a test.py mark to indicate this. This allows those tests to be skipped if
the required tool is not present.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
When skipping tests, explicitly mention the board type or config option
that caused the skip. This will help people understand/fix any issues.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
On ARCH_OMAP2PLUS platforms we know what the DDR layout is going to be,
and that it is safe to use SPL_STACK_R and provide a default value for
it. select this and re-sync the defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With DM now enabled with the device tree pulled from Linux, we can
enable DM_I2C in U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Add DM_I2C_COMPAT to da850_am18xxevm to fix warning]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This adds tests for clear, set-cursor and color escape sequences.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
I'll need some more of this, let's not just copy-pasta the
vidconsole_put_char() loop.
Named to match vidconsole_put_char() in case that is ever useful
outside of the tests.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Note that this doesn't differentiate (due to lack of information in
video_priv) between different possible component orders for 32bpp.
But the main user at this point is efi_loader, and GOP expects xBGR
so any video drivers that this is incorrect for already have problems.
(Also, conveniently, this matches what simple-framebuffer bindings
expect for kernels that use the simple-framebuffer DT binding to
take over the bootloader display.)
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Really just the subset that is needed by efi_console. Perhaps more will
be added later, for example color support would be useful to implement
efi_cout_set_attribute().
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Content can come to screen via putc() and we cannot always rely on
updates ending with a puts(). This is the case with efi_console output
to vidconsole. Fixes corruption with Shell.efi.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Convert the board to support the video driver model, add the device
tree node, and remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the board to support the video driver model, add the device
tree node, and remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the board to support the video driver model, add the device
tree node, and remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the board to support the video driver model, add the device
tree node, and remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the board to support the video driver model, add the device
tree node, and remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a discrepency between U-Boot and Linux on the partition map.
This enabes the MTD parts to pass MTD partition information from U-Boot to
Linux. Linux already has a pending patch to enable MTD PARTS in
davinci_all_defconfig
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
With the device tree ported and DM compatible drivers, enable:
OF_CONTROL, DM_SPI, DM_SPI_FLASH and DM_SERIAL
Note: DM_SERIAL is not enabled for da850evm_direct_nor_defconfig
yet.
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The DM support is already in the driver, so add
da830-spi to the compatible list.
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
A few small additional items are needed to support DM_SPI and
DM_SERIAL, so those were added to da850-evm-u-boot.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The MMC framework in U-Boot does not support a systematic API for
timing switch like mmc_set_timing() in Linux.
U-Boot just provides a hook to change the clock frequency via
mmc_set_clock(). It is up to drivers if additional register
settings are needed.
This driver needs to set a correct timing mode into a register when
it migrates to a different speed mode. Only increasing clock frequency
could result in setup/hold timing violation.
The timing mode should be decided by checking MMC_TIMING_* like
drivers/mmc/host/sdhci-cadence.c in Linux, but "timing" is not
supported by U-Boot for now. Just use mmc->clock to decide the
timing mode.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If there are no CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_USE_PARTITION,
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_USE_SECTOR and CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT,
there is unused-function build warning. Add __maybe_unused macro
to remove the warning.
Signed-off-by: Seung-Woo Kim <sw0312.kim@samsung.com>
This patch adds SD/MMC support for STM32H7 SoCs.
Here is an extraction of SDMMC main features, embedded in
STM32H7 SoCs.
The SD/MMC block include the following:
_ Full compliance with MultiMediaCard System Specification
Version 4.51. Card support for three different databus modes:
1-bit (default), 4-bit and 8-bit.
_ Full compatibility with previous versions of MultiMediaCards
(backward compatibility).
_ Full compliance with SD memory card specifications version 4.1.
(SDR104 SDMMC_CK speed limited to maximum allowed IO speed,
SPI mode and UHS-II mode not supported).
_ Full compliance with SDIO card specification version 4.0.
Card support for two different databus modes: 1-bit (default)
and 4-bit. (SDR104 SDMMC_CK speed limited to maximum allowed IO
speed, SPI mode and UHS-II mode not supported).
_ Data transfer up to 208 Mbyte/s for the 8 bit mode.
(depending maximum allowed IO speed).
_ Data and command output enable signals to control external
bidirectional drivers.
The current version of the SDMMC supports only one SD/SDIO/MMC card
at any one time and a stack of MMC Version 4.51 or previous.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At long last, nuke all this ad-hoc setup in board files in favor of
letting PFC pinmux and GPIO drivers do the same job, but based on DT
description of the hardware rather than this board-file ugliness.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Enable the PFC pinmux and GPIO drivers and disable the SH GPIO combo
driver. This allows the drivers to obtain pinmux and GPIO configuration
from DT rather than hard-coding it in board files.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add GPIO driver for the Renesas RCar SoCs . The driver currently supports
only the RCar Gen3 R8A7795 and R8A7796 SoCs, but is easily extensible for
the other RCar SoCs as well.
This driver is meant to replace the pinmux part of SH_GPIO_PFC driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add PFC pincontrol driver for the Renesas RCar Gen3 R8A7795 and R8A7796
SoCs. This driver uses the PFC pin tables from Linux, thus letting us
share the occassional fixes to those tables. This driver also has a DT
support, so the pinmux is configured from DT instead of the ad-hoc setup
in board file.
This driver is meant to replace the pinmux part of SH_GPIO_PFC driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Regulators are needed for the MMC framework to let it toggle the SD power.
Enable DM regulator support and support for fixed and GPIO regulator.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The UniPhier SD driver handles the same Matsushita IP as is used
in the Renesas RCar SoCs, yet the driver is significantly better
than the SH SDHI one. Switch over to the Uniphier driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
During using dwc2 usb gadget, if usb message size is too small,
following cache misaligned warning is shown:
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [bfdbcb00, bfdbcb04]
Align size of invalidating dcache before starting DMA to remove the
warning.
Signed-off-by: Seung-Woo Kim <sw0312.kim@samsung.com>
The choice of "USB keyboard polling" cannot be optional as without
one mechanism being set, it just doesn't work. Set the default one
to CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL.
Fixes: ecad7051 ("configs: Migrate all of the existing USB symbols, except fastboot")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When EHCD and xHCD are enabled at the same time, USB storage device
driver will fail to read/write from/to the storage device attached
to the xHCI interface, due to its transfer blocks exceeds the xHCD
driver limitation.
With driver model, we have an API to get the controller's maximum
transfer size and we can use that to determine the storage driver's
capability of read/write.
Note: the non-DM version driver is still broken with xHCD and the
intent here is not to fix the non-DM one, since the xHCD itself is
already broken in places like 3.0 hub support, etc.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This adds a new memeber max_xfer_blk in struct us_data to record
the maximum number of transfer blocks for the storage device.
It is set per HCD setting, and so far is to 65535 for EHCD and 20
for everything else.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
EHCD can handle any transfer length as long as there is enough free
heap space left, hence set the theoretical max number SIZE_MAX.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
xHCD allocates one segment which includes 64 TRBs for each endpoint
and the last TRB in this segment is configured as a link TRB to form
a TRB ring. Each TRB can transfer up to 64K bytes, however data
buffers referenced by transfer TRBs shall not span 64KB boundaries.
Hence the maximum number of TRBs we can use in one transfer is 62.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The HCD may have limitation on the maximum bytes to be transferred
in a USB transfer. USB class driver needs to be aware of this.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The Linux kernel driver sets the number of event segments and entries
to 1 , while the initial import of the xhci code set that values to 3
for reasons unknown. While most controllers are fine with more event
segments with more entries, there are standard-conformant controllers
(ie. Renesas RCar xHCI) which only support 1 event segment.
Set the number of event segments and event entries back to 1 to allow
such controllers to work with U-Boot xHCI stack. Note that the Renesas
controller correctly indicates ERST Max = 1 in HCSPARAMS2[7:4] .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The content of Bank Address Register (BAR) is volatile. It is cleared
after power cycle or reset command (RESET F0h).
Some memories (like e.g. s25fl256s) use it to access memory larger than
0x1000000 (16 MiB).
The problem shows up when one:
1. Reads/writes/erases memory > 16 MiB
2. Calls "reset" u-boot command (which is not causing BAR to be cleared)
In the above scenario, the SoC ROM sends 0x000000 address to read SPL.
Unfortunately, the BA24 bit is still set and hence it receives content
from 0x1000000 (16 MiB) memory address.
As a result the SoC aborts and we hang. Only power cycle can take the
SoC out of this state.
How to reproduce/test:
sf probe; sf erase 0x1200000 0x800000; reset
sf probe; sf erase 0x1200000 0x800000; sf write 0x11000000 0x1200000 0x800000; reset
sf probe; sf read 0x11000000 0x1200000 0x800000; reset
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
[Fixed comment text on clean_bar function]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The sunxi-specific SPI load routine only knows how to load a legacy
U-Boot image.
Teach it how to handle FIT images as well, simply by providing the
existing SPL FIT loader with the right loader routine to access the SPI
NOR flash.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reported-by: Peter Kosa <kope@madnet.sk>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
memset(newpart, '\0', sizeof(newpart));
only initializes the firest 4 or 8 bytes of *newpart and not the whole
structure disk_part.
We should use sizeof(struct disk_part).
Instead of malloc and memset we can use calloc.
Identified by cppcheck.
Fixes: 09a49930e4 GPT: read partition table from device into a data structure
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 167228)
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The status register is optional in the AMD command sets, but it's
presence can be checked by reading out CFI table entry 0xc bit 0.
If the register is present, prefer using it's bit 7 to determine
if the flash is busy over reading the flash ; this is needed ie.
on Hyperflash memories.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Embed the flash base into struct flash_info instead of having ad-hoc
static array in the code. This does not only remove static variable,
but also allows CFI-like controllers, ie. HyperFlash ones, to use most
of the CFI flash code by populating the flash_info with matching base
address.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The ClearFog Base boot from UART when setting the DIP switches to 01001.
Unfortunately, the SPL code sometimes fails to detect the UART boot
method at run-time. Add an alternative SAR UART boot value to fix this.
Note that this alternative value is not documented (Armada 38x Hardware
Specifications, Table 48). But experimentations showed it on the
ClearFog Base.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
dram_ecc_scrubbing() had code to skip unused DRAM banks but it would not
work because mvebu_sdram_bs() returns 0 and the code was subtracting 1
before checking the size. Remove the -1 from the bank size and the +1
from the total which will skip unused banks and still calculate the
correct size. Put the -1 where it is needed for scrubbing via the xor
engine.
Reported-by: Joshua Scott <joshua.scott@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The Armada-38x has 1.8GHz and 2.0GHz variants. Add entries for these
variants to the sar_freq_tab.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Display more information about the current RAM configuration. With these
changes the output on a 88F6820 board is
SoC: MV88F6820-A0 at 1600 MHz
DRAM: 2 GiB (800 MHz, 32-bit, ECC not enabled)
Signed-off-by: Joshua Scott <joshua.scott@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
These SoCs are network packet processors (switch chips) with integrated
ARMv7 cores. They share a great deal of commonality with the Armada-XP
CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently, we support 2 "theadorable" MVEBU build targets. One with a
stripped down configuration (theadorable) and one with a full blown
configuration (theadorable_debug), including PCI, ethernet etc. When
we introduced these configs, the plan was to remove the debug version
at some point. But now it seems better to keep the full-blown version
and remove the "non-debug" version instead.
At a later stage, I will rename the remaining "theadorable_debug"
target into a more fitting one.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In some of the QSPI controller version, there must be atleast
128bit data available in TX FIFO for any pop operation otherwise
error bit will be set. The code will not make any behavior change
for previous controller as the transfer data size in ipcr register
is still the same.
Patch is tested on LS1046A which do not require 16 bytes aligned and
LS1088A which require 16 bytes aligned data in TX FIFO
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Anupam Kumar <anupam.kumar_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Spansion S25FS256S and S25FL256S flashes have equal JEDEC ID and ext ID.
As far as S25FL256S occures in spi_flash_ids before S25FS256S, U-Boot
incorrectly detects FS flash as FL. Thus its better to compare with
S25FS256S first.
Signed-off-by: Vsevolod Gribov <vgribov@larch-networks.com>
[Added S-o-b]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The flash chip is 2 MiB , organized as 32 x 64 kiB sectors .
Rectify the entry to match the datasheet, reality and Linux SNOR IDs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Add MT35XU512ABA1G12 parameters to NOR flash parameters array.
The MT35XU512ABA1G12 only supports 1 bit mode and 8 bits. It can't support
dual and quad. Supports subsector erase with 4KB granularity, have support
of FSR(flag status register) and flash size is 64MB.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Gaur <yogeshnarayan.gaur@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
It is recommended to check either controller is free to take
new spi action. The IP_ACC and AHB_ACC bits indicates that
the controller is busy in IP or AHB mode respectively.
And the BUSY bit indicates that controller is currently
busy handling a transaction to an external flash device
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Add driver model support for mxc spi driver.
Most functions are restructured to be reused by DM and non-DM.
Tested on mx6slevk/mx6qsabresd board.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
In some cases, such as FreeBSD, the path to an alternative dtc needs to
be used. Rather than override the one given in the Makefile on the
command line, make this part of the build configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This makes us act like the Linux Kernel does and allow for dtc to be
provided externally but otherwise we use the version of dtc that is
included in the sources. This in turn means that we can drop the
checkdtc logic. We select DTC in the cases where we will need the dtc
tool provided.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If the clock framework provides the driver with valid clock,
enable them, otherwise the SCIF might not work if the clock
are not enabled prior to the driver probe.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The SDxCKCR must be configured correctly, otherwise the SDIF can be
unstable. This is done in board files thus far, but those are going
away, so move the setting of SDxCKCR into the correct place.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
This adds the following commits from upstream:
fe50bd1ecc1d fdtget: Split out cell list display into a new function
62d812308d11 README: Add a note about test_tree1.dts
5bed86aee9e8 pylibfdt: Add support for fdt_subnode_offset()
46f31b65b3b3 pylibfdt: Add support for fdt_node_offset_by_phandle()
a3ae43723687 pylibfdt: Add support for fdt_parent_offset()
a198af80344c pylibfdt: Add support for fdt_get_phandle()
b9eba92ea50f tests: Return a failure code when any tests fail
155faf6cc209 pylibfdt: Use local pylibfdt module
50e5cd07f325 pylibfdt: Add a test for use of uint32_t
ab78860f09f5 pylibfdt: Add stdint include to fix uint32_t
36f511fb1113 tests: Add stacked overlay tests on fdtoverlay
1bb00655d3e5 fdt: Allow stacked overlays phandle references
a33c2247ac8d Introduce fdt_setprop_placeholder() method
0016f8c2aa32 dtc: change default phandles to ePAPR style instead of both
e3b9a9588a35 tests: fdtoverlay unit test
42409146f2db fdtoverlay: A tool that applies overlays
aae22722fc8d manual: Document missing options
13ce6e1c2fc4 dtc: fix sprintf() format string error, again
d990b8013889 Makefile: Fix build on MSYS2 and Cygwin
51f56dedf8ea Clean up shared library compile/link options
21a2bc896e3d Suppress expected error message in fdtdump test
2a42b14d0d03 dtc: check.c fix compile error
a10cb3c818d3 Fix get_node_by_path string equality check
548aea2c436a fdtdump: Discourage use of fdtdump
c2258841a785 fdtdump: Fix over-zealous version check
9067ee4be0e6 Fix a few whitespace and style nits
e56f2b07be38 pylibfdt: Use setup.py to build the swig file
896f1c133265 pylibfdt: Use Makefile constructs to implement NO_PYTHON
90db6d9989ca pylibfdt: Allow setup.py to operate stand-alone
e20d9658cd8f Add Coverity Scan support
b04a2cf08862 pylibfdt: Fix code style in setup.py
1c5170d3a466 pylibfdt: Rename libfdt.swig to libfdt.i
580a9f6c2880 Add a libfdt function to write a property placeholder
ab15256d8d02 pylibfdt: Use the call function to simplify the Makefile
9f2e3a3a1f19 pylibfdt: Use the correct libfdt version in the module
e91c652af215 pylibfdt: Enable installation of Python module
8a892fd85d94 pylibfdt: Allow building to be disabled
741cdff85d3e .travis.yml: Add builds with and without Python library prerequisites
14c4171f4f9a pylibfdt: Use package_dir to set the package directory
89a5062ab231 pylibfdt: Use environment to pass C flags and files
4e0e0d049757 pylibfdt: Allow pkg-config to be supplied in the environment
6afd7d9688f5 Correct typo: s/pylibgfdt/pylibfdt/
756ffc4f52f6 Build pylibfdt as part of the normal build process
8cb3896358e9 Adjust libfdt.h to work with swig
b40aa8359aff Mention pylibfdt in the documentation
12cfb740cc76 Add tests for pylibfdt
50f250701631 Add an initial Python library for libfdt
cdbb2b6c7a3a checks: Warn on node name unit-addresses with '0x' or leading 0s
4c15d5da17cc checks: Add bus checks for simple-bus buses
33c3985226d3 checks: Add bus checks for PCI buses
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This adds the following commits from upstream:
558cd81bdd43 dtc: Bump version to v1.4.4
c17a811c62eb fdtput: Remove star from value_len documentation
194d5caaefcb fdtget: Use @return to document the return value
d922ecdd017b tests: Make realloc_fdt() really allocate *fdt
921cc17fec29 libfdt: overlay: Check the value of the right variable
9ffdf60bf463 dtc: Simplify asm_emit_string() implementation
881012e44386 libfdt: Change names of sparse helper macros
bad5b28049e5 Fix assorted sparse warnings
672ac09ea04d Clean up gcc attributes
49300f2ade6a dtc: Don't abuse struct fdt_reserve_entry
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Using the update-dtc-source.sh script from Linux v4.14-rc1 import the
portions of dtc that we require. We bring in update-dtc-source.sh and
scripts/dtc/Makefile from Linux v4.14-rc1. Rework DTC_FLAGS handling to
not require a test.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For EFI boot GPT partition table support is needed as well
as the part command and also the SPL needs to fallback to
other boot methods after parse the SPL header.
Signed-off-by: Frank Kunz <mailinglists@kunz-im-inter.net>
CONFIG_NAND_DENALI select's CONFIG_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT, so the
NAND initialization process is driven by the driver itself.
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_MAX_CHIPS and CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BASE are unused.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
PPA loading during SPL stage is not required for nornal
SD boot scenario.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
PPA loading during SPL stage is not required for nornal
SD boot scenario.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Current u-boot disables IFC support for SD boot on all ls1043a
boards. Actually IFC only conflicts with QSPI on ls1043a hardware.
Only when QSPI is used, IFC should be disabled. Otherwise,
the u-boot with ls1043aqds_sdcard_ifc_defconfig would not work.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
As per current implementation, default value of board env is
based on board filename i.e ls2080ardb.
With distro support changes, this env is used to decide upon
kernel dtb which is different for other SoCs (ls2088a, ls2081a)
combination supported with this board.
Add support to modify board env at runtime based on SoC type
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
For most of ls2080ardb use-cases, mc private DRAM block is required
to be of 1.75GB.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
[YS: this reservation needs to be reduced if memory is not enough]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Commit 0aaa1a9 added support for LS208xA devices but fixing
iommu-map property is missing. This patch adds support for
fixing iommu-map.
Signed-off-by: Bharat Bhushan <Bharat.Bhushan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
[YS: revised commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
As per updated board design, different QSPI flash
is connected on boards, hence change QSPI flash type
from Micron n25q512a device to spansion s25fs512s
device in dts and config.
Signed-off-by: Santan Kumar <santan.kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Gaur <yogeshnarayan.gaur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE config is used to delay
the prints of boardinfo late in cycle during uboot boot.
This feature is not required in case of QSPI_BOOT.
Signed-off-by: Santan Kumar <santan.kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
It is not necessary for every SoC to have 2 SATA controller.
So put SATA1, SATA2 code under respective defines.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
In the TI SOCs a PBIAS cell exists to provide a bias voltage to the MMC1
IO cells. Without this bias voltage these I/O cells can not function
properly. The PBIAS cell is controlled by software.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
dev_read_string_count() is used to get the number of strings in a
stringlist.
dev_read_string_index() is used to get a string in the stringlist based on
its position in the list.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Add OF match entries and quirks for Renesas RCar Gen3 controllers
into the driver. The IP this driver handles is in fact Matsushita
one and in used both in Socionext and Renesas chips.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Check if the OF match has any associated data and if so, use those
data as the controller quirks, otherwise fallback to the old method
of reading the controller version register to figure out the quirks.
This allows us to supply controller quirks on controllers which ie.
do not have version register.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The Renesas RCar Gen3 contains the same controller, originally
Matsushita, yet the register addresses are shifted by 1 to the
left. The whole controller is also 64bit, including the data
FIFOs and RSP registers. This patch adds support for handling
the register IO by shifting the register offset by 1 in the IO
accessor functions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
This patch prepares the driver to support controller(s) with registers
at locations shifted by constant. Pull out the readl()/writel() from
the driver into separate functions, where the adjustment of the register
offset can be easily contained.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
With support for overlays and calling the -@ flag to dtc we need to have
at least 1.4.3 available now.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
common/spl/spl_fit.c:201:12: warning: passing argument 4 of ‘gunzip’
from incompatible pointer type [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
src, &length))
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CC: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
This patch provides default implementations of the two functions
set_uart_mux_conf and set_mux_conf_regs. Hence boards not using
them do not need to provide their distinct empty definitions.
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch adapts stm32h743 disco and eval dts files to match
with U-boot requirements or add features wich are not yet
upstreamed on kernel side :
_ Add RCC clock driver node and update all clocks phandle
accordingly.
By default, on kernel side, all clocks was temporarly
configured as a phandle to timer_clk waiting for a RCC
clock driver to be available.
On U-boot side, we now have a dedicated RCC clock driver, we
can configured all clocks as phandle to this driver.
All this binding update will be available soon in a kernel tag,
as all the bindings have been acked by Rob Herring [1].
[1] http://lkml.iu.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/1704.0/00935.html
_ Align STM32H7 serial compatible string with the one which will be
available in next kernel tag. The bindings has been acked by
Rob Herring [2].
This compatible string will be usefull to add stm32h7 specific
feature for this serial driver.
[2] https://lkml.org/lkml/2017/7/17/739
_ Add gpio compatible and aliases for stm32h743
_ Add FMC sdram node with associated new bindings value to
manage second bank (ie bank 1).
_ Add missing HSI and CSI oscillators nodes needed
by STM32H7 RCC clock driver.
Clock sources could be:
_ HSE (High Speed External)
_ HSI (High Speed Internal)
_ CSI (Low Power Internal)
These clocks can be used as clocksource in some configuration.
By default, HSE is selected as clock source.
_ Set HSE to 25Mhz for stm32h743i-disco and eval board
By default, the external oscillator frequency is defined at
25 Mhz in SoC stm32h743.dtsi file.
It has been set at 125 Mhz in kernel DT temporarly waiting for
RCC clock driver becomes available.
As in U-boot we got a RCC clock driver, the real value of HSE
clock can be used.
_ Add "u-boot,dm-pre-reloc" for rcc, fmc, fixed-clock, pinctrl,
pwrcfg and gpio nodes.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file is imported from linux kernel v4.13
Add device tree support for STM32H743 evaluation board.
This board offers :
_ STM32H743XIH6 microcontroller with 2 Mbytes of
Flash memory and 1 Mbyte of RAM in TFBGA240+25 package
_ 5.7” 640x480 TFT color LCD with touch screen
_ Ethernet compliant with IEEE-802.3-2002
_ USB OTG HS and FS
_ I2 C compatible serial interface
_ RTC with rechargeable backup battery
_ SAI Audio DAC
_ ST-MEMS digital microphones
_ 8-Gbyte (or more) SDIO3.0 interface microSD™ card
_ 8Mx32bit SDRAM, 1Mx16bit SRAM and 8Mx16bit NOR Flash
_ 1-Gbit Twin Quad-SPI NOR Flash
_ Potentiometer
_ 4 colored user LEDs
_ Reset, wakeup, tamper or key buttons
_ Joystick with 4-direction control and selector
_ Board connectors :
Power jack
3 USB with Micro-AB
RS-232 communications
Ethernet RJ45
FD-CAN compliant connection
Stereo headset jack including analog microphone input
2 audio jacks for external speakers
microSD™ card
JTAG/SWD and ETM trace
_ Expansion connectors:
Extension connectors and memory connectors for daughterboard
or wire-wrap board
_ Flexible power-supply options: ST-LINK USB VBUS or external
sources
_ On-board ST-LINK/V2-1 debugger/programmer with USB re-enumeration
capability: mass storage, virtual COM port and debug port
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All these files are imported from linux kernel v4.13
Add device tree support for STM32H743 SoC and discovery
board. This board offers :
_ STM32H743XIH6 microcontroller with 2 Mbytes of
Flash memory and 1 Mbyte of RAM in TFBGA240+25 package
_ 5.7” 640x480 TFT color LCD with touch screen
_ Ethernet compliant with IEEE-802.3-2002
_ USB OTG HS
_ I2 C compatible serial interface
_ ST-MEMS digital microphones
_ 8-Gbyte (or more) SDIO3.0 interface microSD™ card
_ 8Mx32bit SDRAM
_ 1-Gbit Twin Quad-SPI NOR Flash
_ Reset, wakeup, or key buttons
_ Joystick with 4-direction control and selector
_ Board connectors :
1 USB with Micro-AB
Ethernet RJ45
Stereo headset jack including analog microphone input
microSD™ card
RCA connector
JTAG/SWD and ETM trace
_ Expansion connectors:
Arduino Uno compatible Connectors
2 x PIO connectors (PMOD and PMOD+)
_ On-board ST-LINK/V2-1 debugger/programmer with USB re-enumeration
capability: mass storage, virtual COM port and debug port
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds the support of reset and clock control
block (rcc) found on STM32 SoCs.
This driver is similar to a MFD linux driver.
This driver supports currently STM32H7 only.
STM32F4 and STM32F7 will be migrated to this rcc MFD driver
in the future to uniformize all STM32 SoCs already upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This driver is adapted from linux drivers/reset/reset-stm32.c
It's compatible with STM32 F4/F7/H7 SoCs.
This driver doesn't implement .of_match as it's binded
by MFD RCC driver.
To add support for each SoC family, a SoC's specific
include/dt-binfings/mfd/stm32xx-rcc.h file must be added.
This patch only includes stm32h7-rcc.h dedicated for STM32H7 SoCs.
Other SoCs support will be added in the future.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This driver implements basic clock setup, only clock gating
is implemented.
This driver doesn't implement .of_match as it's binded
by MFD RCC driver.
Files include/dt-bindings/clock/stm32h7-clks.h and
doc/device-tree-bindings/clock/st,stm32h7-rcc.txt
will be available soon in a kernel tag, as all the
bindings have been acked by Rob Herring [1].
[1] http://lkml.iu.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/1704.0/00935.html
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
STM32F7 and STM32H7 shares the same UART block, add
STM32H7 compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since we may jump to next stage like ATF/OP-TEE instead of U-Boot,
we need to stash the bootstage info before it.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add usb_gadget_handle_interrupts(), board_usb_init(),
board_usb_cleanup() and g_dnl_board_usb_cable_connected()
callbacks needed for FASTBOOT support
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update ehci and ohci node's compatible string in order to
use ehci-generic and ohci-generic drivers.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On STi 96boards, configure by default the micro USB connector
(managed by DWC3 hardware block) in peripheral mode.
This will allow to use fastboot feature.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds the ST glue logic to manage the DWC3 HC
on STiH407 SoC family. It configures the internal glue
logic and syscfg registers.
Part of this code been extracted from kernel.org driver
(drivers/usb/dwc3/dwc3-st.c)
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable USB Host Networking support by enabling Ethernet/USB
adaptors support and by enabling some BOOTP flags
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is the generic phy driver for the picoPHY ports
used by USB2/1.1 controllers. It is found on STiH407 SoC
family from STMicroelectronics.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use struct udevice* as input parameter. Previous
parameters are retrieved through plat and priv data.
This to prepare to use the reset framework.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
'default n' is the default anyway so it doesn't need to be specified
explicitly, and the rest of the file doesn't specify it either anywhere.
Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This field has never been used as the driver has been DM-based since the
beginning. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These take the 'struct udevice *' as an argument, not the
'struct xilinx_pcie *` which is a local variable. Fix the comments to
match the code.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We have limited stack in SPL builds. Drop itrblock and move to
malloc/free of itr to move this off of the stack. As part of this fix a
double-free issue in fat_size().
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
---
Rework to use malloc/free as moving this to a global overflows some SH
targets.
efi_exit() already restores gd, so we shouldn't EFI_EXIT() on the
otherside of the longjmp().
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
ad503ffe9c6 efi_loader: refactor boot device and loaded_image handling
leads to an error when building with CONFIG_CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST=y
This patch fixes the problem.
Fixes: ad503ffe9c6 efi_loader: refactor boot device and loaded_image handling
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add Serial Download Protocol support (SDP), which allows loading
SPL and u-boot.img via imx_usb_loader tool as explained in
doc/README.sdp.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Instead of having every board file to add its own g_dnl_bind_fixup()
implementation, move it to the common imx6 SPL code.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Define i2c mux configuration. Add new vpd_reader which is used to read
vital product data. Read VPD from EEPROM and set eth0 MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Jose Alarcon <jose.alarcon@ge.com>
1) use fputs() to reduce cache flushes from once-per-char to
once-per-string
2) handle \r, \t, and \b in addition to just \n for tracking
cursor position
3) cursor row/col are zero based, not one based
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: s/unsigned/unsigned int/]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
If stdout is vidconsole, we cannot rely on ANSI escape sequences to
query the size, as vidconsole cannot reply on stdin. Instead special-
case this if stdout is vidconsole.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We need to do something different for vidconsole, since it cannot
respond to the query on stdin. Prep work for next patch.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
These should be set according to the image type. Shell.efi and SCT.efi
use these fields to determine what sort of image they are loading.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Similar to a "real" UEFI implementation, the bootmgr looks at the
BootOrder and BootXXXX variables to try to find an EFI payload to load
and boot. This is added as a sub-command of bootefi.
The idea is that the distro bootcmd would first try loading a payload
via the bootmgr, and then if that fails (ie. first boot or corrupted
EFI variables) it would fallback to loading bootaa64.efi. (Which
would then load fallback.efi which would look for \EFI\*\boot.csv and
populate BootOrder and BootXXXX based on what it found.)
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add EFI variable support, mapping to u-boot environment variables.
Variables are pretty important for setting up boot order, among other
things. If the board supports saveenv, then it will be called in
ExitBootServices() to persist variables set by the efi payload. (For
example, fallback.efi configuring BootOrder and BootXXXX load-option
variables.)
Variables are *not* currently exposed at runtime, post ExitBootServices.
On boards without a dedicated device for storage, which the loaded OS
is not trying to also use, this is rather tricky. One idea, at least
for boards that can persist RAM across reboot, is to keep a "journal"
of modified variables in RAM, and then turn halt into a reboot into
u-boot, plus store variables, plus halt. Whatever the solution, it
likely involves some per-board support.
Mapping between EFI variables and u-boot variables:
efi_$guid_$varname = {attributes}(type)value
For example:
efi_8be4df61-93ca-11d2-aa0d-00e098032b8c_OsIndicationsSupported=
"{ro,boot,run}(blob)0000000000000000"
efi_8be4df61-93ca-11d2-aa0d-00e098032b8c_BootOrder=
"(blob)00010000"
The attributes are a comma separated list of these possible
attributes:
+ ro - read-only
+ boot - boot-services access
+ run - runtime access
NOTE: with current implementation, no variables are available after
ExitBootServices, and all are persisted (if possible).
If not specified, the attributes default to "{boot}".
The required type is one of:
+ utf8 - raw utf8 string
+ blob - arbitrary length hex string
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This avoids printf() spam about file reads (such as loading an image)
into unaligned buffers (and the associated memcpy()). And generally
seems like a good idea.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: use __aligned]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Previously we only supported the case when the EFI application loaded
the image into memory for us. But fallback.efi does not do this.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
fallback.efi (and probably other things) use UEFI's simple-file-system
protocol and file support to search for OS's to boot.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: whitespace fixes, unsigned fixes]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Get rid of the hacky fake boot-device and duplicate device-path
constructing (which needs to match what efi_disk and efi_net do).
Instead convert over to use efi_device_path helpers to construct
device-paths, and use that to look up the actual boot device.
Also, extract out a helper to plug things in properly to the
loaded_image. In a following patch we'll want to re-use this in
efi_load_image() to handle the case of loading an image from a
file_path.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Also, create disk objects for the disk itself, in addition to the
partitions. (UEFI terminology is a bit confusing, a "disk" object is
really a partition.) This helps grub properly identify the boot device
since it is trying to match up partition "disk" object with it's parent
device.
Now instead of seeing devices like:
/File(sdhci@07864000.blk)/EndEntire
/File(usb_mass_storage.lun0)/EndEntire
You see:
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/UnknownMessaging(1d)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/UnknownMessaging(1d)/HD(0,800,64000,dd904a8c00000000,1,1)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/UnknownMessaging(1d)/HD(1,64800,200000,dd904a8c00000000,1,1)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/UnknownMessaging(1d)/HD(2,264800,19a000,dd904a8c00000000,1,1)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/HD(0,800,60000,38ca680200000000,1,1)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/HD(1,61000,155000,38ca680200000000,1,1)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/HD(2,20fa800,1bbf8800,38ca680200000000,1,1)/EndEntire
/ACPI(133741d0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/USB(0,0)/HD(3,1b6800,1f44000,38ca680200000000,1,1)/EndEntire
This is on a board with single USB disk and single sd-card. The
UnknownMessaging(1d) node in the device-path is the MMC device,
but grub_efi_print_device_path() hasn't been updated yet for some
of the newer device-path sub-types.
This patch is inspired by a patch originally from Peter Jones, but
re-worked to use efi_device_path, so it doesn't much resemble the
original.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[agraf: s/unsigned/unsigned int/]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
It needs to handle more device-path node types, and also multiple levels
of path hierarchy. To simplify this, initially construct utf8 string to
a temporary buffer, and then allocate the real utf16 buffer that is
returned. This should be mostly for debugging or at least not critical-
path so an extra copy won't hurt, and is saner than the alternative.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This is really the same thing as the efi_device_path struct.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Helpers to construct device-paths from devices, partitions, files, and
for parsing and manipulating device-paths.
For non-legacy devices, this will use u-boot's device-model to construct
device-paths which include bus hierarchy to construct device-paths. For
legacy devices we still fake it, but slightly more convincingly.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
All of the device-path related structures should be packed. UEFI
defines the device-path as a byte-aligned data structure.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
EFI client programs need the signature information from the partition
table to determine the disk a partition is on, so we need to fill that
in here.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com>
[separated from efi_loader part, and fixed build-errors for non-
CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION case]
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Check that the notification function of an
EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES event is called
exactly once.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
All events of type EVT_SIGNAL_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES have to be
notified when ExitBootServices is invoked.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Run a 10 ms periodic timer and check that it is called 10 times
while waiting for 100 ms single shot timer.
Raise the TPL level to the level of the 10 ms timer and observe
that the notification function is not called again.
Lower the TPL level and check that the queued notification
function is called.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This unit test uses timer events to check the implementation
of the following boottime services:
CreateEvent, CloseEvent, WaitForEvent, CheckEvent, SetTimer
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We should be able to call efi_set_timer repeatedly.
So let us reset the signaled state here.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
For the correct implementation of the task priority level (TPL)
calling the notification function must be queued.
Add a status field 'queued' to events.
In function efi_signal_event set status queued if a notification
function exists and reset it after we have called the function.
A later patch will add a check of the TPL here.
In efi_create_event and efi_close_event unset the queued status.
In function efi_wait_for_event and efi_check_event
queue the notification function.
In efi_timer_check call the efi_notify_event
if the status queued is set.
For all timer events set status signaled.
In efi_console_timer_notify set the signaled state of the
WaitForKey event.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
A Python test script is provided that runs the EFI selftest
if CONFIG_CMD_EFI_SELFTEST=y.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
A testing framework for the EFI API is provided.
It can be executed with the 'bootefi selftest' command.
It is coded in a way that at a later stage we may turn it
into a standalone EFI application. The current build system
does not allow this yet.
All tests use a driver model and are run in three phases:
setup, execute, teardown.
A test may be setup and executed at boottime,
it may be setup at boottime and executed at runtime,
or it may be setup and executed at runtime.
After executing all tests the system is reset.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Macro EFI_CALL was introduced to call an UEFI function.
Unfortunately it does not support return values.
Most UEFI functions have a return value.
So let's rename EFI_CALL to EFI_CALL_VOID and introduce a
new EFI_CALL macro that supports return values.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Fix typo in teh EFI_BOOT_SERVICES_CODE description.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We should use the predefined constants EFI_PAGE_SHIFT
and EFI_PAGE_MASK where applicable.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The UEFI spec allows an EFI system partition (ESP, with the bootloader or
kernel EFI apps on it) to reside on a disk using a "legacy" MBR
partitioning scheme.
But in contrast to actual legacy disks the ESP is not marked as
"bootable" using bit 7 in byte 0 of the legacy partition entry, but is
instead using partition *type* 0xef (in contrast to 0x0b or 0x0c for a
normal FAT partition). The EFI spec isn't 100% clear on this, but it even
seems to discourage the use of the bootable flag for ESPs.
Also it seems that some EFI implementations (EDK2?) even seem to ignore
partitions marked as bootable (probably since they believe they contain
legacy boot code).
The Debian installer [1] (*not* mini.iso), for instance, contains such an
MBR, where none of the two partitions are marked bootable, but the ESP
has clearly type 0xef.
Now U-Boot cannot find the ESP on such a disk (USB flash drive) and
fails to load the EFI grub and thus the installer.
Since it all boils down to the distro bootcmds eventually calling
"part list -bootable" to find potential boot partitions, it seems logical
to just add this "partition type is 0xef" condition to the is_bootable()
implementation.
This allows the bog standard arm64 Debian-testing installer to boot from
an USB pen drive on Allwinner A64 boards (Pine64, BananaPi-M64).
(Ubuntu and other distribution installers don't have a legacy MBR, so
U-Boot falls back to El Torito there).
[1] https://cdimage.debian.org/cdimage/daily-builds/daily/arch-latest/arm64/iso-cd/
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Variable always should only be appended but not overwritten by
lib/efi_loader/Makefile.
Remove variable efiprogs which is not otherwise used.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Replace all occurences of helloworld by generalized forms.
This allows us to build additional EFI applications that are
included into the U-Boot binary without loading
scripts/Makefile.lib with specific filenames.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
In scripts/Makefile.lib we build section including helloworld.efi.
This allows to load the EFI binary with command 'bootefi hello'.
scripts/Makefile.lib contains explicit references to strings
containing helloworld and hello_world. This makes it impossible
to generalize the coding to accomodate additional built in
EFI binaries.
Let us rename the variables __efi_hello_world_* to
__efi_helloworld_*.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The target
$(obj)/helloworld.so:
exists twice in Makefile.lib.
If you add an echo command to each of the two recipes you get
warnings like:
scripts/Makefile.lib:383: warning:
overriding recipe for target 'drivers/power/battery/helloworld.so'
scripts/Makefile.lib:379: warning:
ignoring old recipe for target 'drivers/power/battery/helloworld.so'
This patch removes the obsolete target.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Commit f494950b (efi_loader: call __efi_exit_check in efi_exit) added a call
to __efi_exit_check inside efi_exit to account for the fact that we're exiting
the efi_exit function via a longjmp call.
However, __efi_exit_check also swizzles gd to the application gd while the
longjmp will put us back into EFI context, so we need the efi (u-boot) gd.
This patch fixes that up by explicitly setting gd back to efi_gd before
doing the longjmp. It also adds a few comments on why it does that.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
To understand what is happening in OpenProtocol or LocateProtocol
it is necessary to know the protocol interface GUID.
Let's write a debug message.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The calls to __efi_entry_check and __efi_exit_check have to match.
If DEBUG is defined, panic() will be called otherwise.
If debugging is activated some Travis CI builds fail due to an
assertion in EFI_CALL without the patch.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
There is no need to use attribute EFIAPI for
efi_disk_rw_blocks. It is not an API function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Command 'bootefi hello' currently uses CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR
as loading address.
qemu machines have by default 128 MiB RAM.
CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR for x86 is 0x20000000 (512 MiB).
This causes 'bootefi hello' to fail.
We should use the environment variable loadaddr if available.
It defaults to 0x1000000 (16 MiB) on qemu_x86.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Increase serialno_str to 17 bytes so it can hold the 16 bytes long serial
nummer and the terminating null byte added by snprintf.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
The RK3368 TPL stage always returns to the BootROM, so it has no need
for the eMMC, SD and SPI nodes. This marks those nodes (that should
be included in SPL, but not TPL) as 'u-boot,dm-spl'.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the new 32/64bit-aware dtoc, the type of reg is fdt64_t and the
OF_PLATDATA structure layout changes. This adjusts the DMC driver for
the RK3368 to track these changes.
For the time being (i.e. until regmap_init_mem_platdata works for the
64bit case), we won't use regmap_init_mem_platdata here and simply
access of_plat.reg[] directly.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With dtoc emitting fdt64_t for addresses (and region sizes), the array
indices for accessing the reg[] array needs to be adjusted. This
adjusts the Rockchip DM timer driver to correctly handle OF_PLATDATA
given this new structure layout.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the critical drivers ready for switching to a live tree, we can
now enable it in the defconfig for the RK3399-Q7.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the dev_read_addr_ptr function available, we can change the
efuse driver to use it (and eliminate the explicit type-cast).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On the RK3399-Q7, we need to turn on the on-module USB hub before using the
USB host interfaces (only the OTG interface is directly connected to the edge
connector). This drops the deprecated 'rockchip,vbus-gpio' property and uses
a fixed regulator to turn on the USB hub.
References: 26a8b80 "usb: host: xhci-rockchip: use fixed regulator to control vbus"
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The generic ehci-driver (ehci-generic.c) will try to enable the clocks
listed in the DTSI. If this fails (e.g. due to clk_enable not being
implemented in a driver and -ENOSYS being returned by the clk-uclass),
the driver will bail our and print an error message.
This implements a minimal clk_enable for the RK3399 and supports the
clocks mandatory for the EHCI controllers; as these are enabled by
default we simply return success.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On the RK3399, we will have either OF_PLATDATA or full OF_CONTROL
enabled: this allows the use of syscon to retrieve the addresses of
GRF and SGRF (except for the early debug UART setup, which runs so
early that the device-model is not initialised).
This removes the hard-coded addresses and goes through syscon to
retrieve the base-addresses of GRF and SGRF. After that, we use
the structure definitions to locate the respective registers.
In addition to this, the inclusion of header files is also cleaned up:
- all headers are included at the beginning (there was a spurious
inclusion of the grf header from within a function)
- all #include statements for unused headers are removed
- the remaining #include statements are sorted (while keeping common.h
included in front)
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To support bootstage recording, we want to mark our DM timer as the
tick-timer; this triggers the support for 'trying harder' to read the
timer in the Rockchip DM timer driver, even if the device model isn't
ready yet.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Remove a comment claiming that this driver only supports the RK3288,
as we also use it on the RK3368, RK3399 and (most likely) on other
variants.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Version-changes: 2
- use the dev_read_addr_ptr function in rk_gpio.c
To make the Rockchip DM timer driver useful for the timing of
bootstages, we need a few enhancements:
- This implements timer_get_boot_us.
- This avoids reinitialising the timer, if it has already been
set up (e.g. by our TPL and SPL stages). Now, we have a single
timebase ticking from TPL through the full U-Boot.
- This adds support for reading the timer even before the
device-model is ready: we find the timer via /chosen/tick-timer,
then read its address and clock-frequency, and finally read the
timeval directly).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The dev_read_addr_ptr() mimics the behaviour of the devfdt_get_addr_ptr(),
retrieving the first address of the node's reg-property and returning
it as a pointer (or NULL on failure).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When used with bootstage recording, dm_timer_init may be called
surprisingly early: i.e. before dm_root is ready. To deal with
this case, we explicitly check for this condition and return
-EAGAIN to the caller (refer to drivers/timer/rockchip_timer.c
for a case where this is needed/used).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This updates dm_timer_init to support a live tree and deals with
some fallout (i.e. the need to restructure the code such, that we
don't need multiple discontinuous #if CONFIG_IS_ENABLED blocks).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
For timing our bootstages on the RK3368, which has a minimal TPL
(and where we consequently don't want to time the bootstages) and a
full-featured SPL (where we can bootstage recording), we need to
adjust the Makefile.
Use the $(SPL_TPL_) macro in the Makefile for bootstage.o
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The NXP 4.1 kernel needs to boot with secure boot.
Add information on how to enable secure boot mode.
Signed-off-by: Vanessa Maegima <vanessa.maegima@nxp.com>
Update these macros to use all upper-case to avoid checkpatch
warnings:
ENET_25MHz,
ENET_50MHz,
ENET_125MHz,
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The current mechanism using SCR/GPR registers work well when
the serial downloader boot mode has been selected explicitly
(either via boot mode pins or using bmode command). However,
in case the system entered boot ROM due to unbootable primary
boot devices (e.g. empty eMMC), the SPL fails to detect that
it has been downloaded through serial loader and tries to
continue booting from eMMC:
Trying to boot from MMC1
mmc_load_image_raw_sector: mmc block read error
SPL: failed to boot from all boot devices
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
The only known way to reliably detect USB serial downloader
is by checking the USB PHY receiver block power state...
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Starting from PXs3, the bit fields of RSTCTRL, CLKCTRL registers
will change every SoC. There is no more point to define bitfields
in the common header file.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The main difference between Pro4 and PXs2/LD6b is the Denali NAND
IP version. This is now distinguished by DT. Merge the two defconfig
files into uniphier_v7_defconfig.
Update the README.uniphier too.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The Denali IP does not update the revision register properly.
Allow to override it with SoC data associated with compatible.
Linux had already finished big surgery of this driver, but I need
to prepare the NAND core before the full sync of the driver.
For now, I am fixing the most fatal problem on UniPhier platform.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
legacy_hole_base_k and legacy_hole_size_k are defined but
not used.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Enable this option for link so that the timer is available earlier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With SPL we often have limited memory and do not need very many bootstage
records. Add a separate Kconfig option for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT option is no-longer needed since we can now
support any number of user IDs. Also BOOTSTAGE_ID_COUNT is not needed now.
Drop these unused options.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With bootstage we need access to the timer before driver model is set up.
To handle this, put the required state in global_data and provide a new
function to set up the device, separate from the driver's probe() method.
This will be used by the 'early' timer also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Once U-Boot relocates itself the existing driver-model timer (if any) is
no-longer valid until the device is reinitialised. Any use of the device
may cause a crash. To handle this, set the timer to NULL after relocation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This adds support to Intel Cherry Hill board, a board based on
Intel Braswell SoC. The following devices are validated:
- serial port as the serial console
- on-board Realtek 8169 ethernet controller
- SATA AHCI controller
- EMMC/SDHC controller
- USB 3.0 xHCI controller
- PCIe x1 slot with a graphics card
- ICH SPI controller with an 8MB Macronix SPI flash
- Integrated graphics device as the video console
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FSP's built-in UPD configuration enables PUNIT power configuration,
but on B0 stepping, this causes CPU hangs in fsp_init(). Disable it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds microcode device tree fragment for Braswell B0 (406C2),
C0 (406C3) and D0 (406C4) stepping SoC.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds initial Intel Braswell SoC support. It uses Intel FSP
to initialize the chipset.
Similar to its predecessor BayTrail, there are some work to do to
enable the legacy UART integrated in the Braswell SoC.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FSP spec 1.1 adds 3 new APIs and their offsets are in the header.
Update the 'fsp hdr' command to show these new entries.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When a VBT is given to an FSP that supports graphics initialization,
the FSP will produce a graphics info HOB that contains all necessary
information for the linear frame buffer of the integrated graphics
device. This adds a DM video driver for it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that binman is able to recognize the Video BIOS Table entry,
add such one in the u-boot.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds Kconfig options for Video BIOS Table which is normally
required if you are using an Intel FSP firmware that is complaint
with spec 1.1 or later to initialize the integrated graphics device.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds a new HOB type for graphics information introduced in FSP
spec 1.1. When graphics capability is included in FSP and enabled,
FSP produces an FSP_GRAPHICS_INFO_HOB as described in the EFI PI
specification which provides information about the graphics mode and
framebuffer.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FSP spec 1.1 adds one more member to the struct common_buf to
determine the memory size that can be reserved by FSP below "top
of low usable memory" for bootloader usage. This new member uses
the reserved space so that it is still compatible with previous
FSP spec 1.0.
A new HOB (FSP_HOB_RESOURCE_OWNER_BOOTLOADER_TOLUM_GUID) is also
published when common_buf.tolum_size is valid and non zero.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Per the Intel 64 and IA-32 Architecture Software Developer's Manual,
add the reference clock for Intel Atom Processors based on the Airmont
Microarchitecture (Braswell).
This keeps in sync with Linux kernel commit:
6fcb41c: x86/tsc_msr: Add Airmont reference clock values
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make various changes to the GPT test:
1) Reference the disk image using an absolute path in all cases. This
allows test/py to operate correctly if it's run from a directory other
than the root of the U-Boot source tree.
2) Store the disk image in the teswt/py persistent data directory. This
removes the need to re-generate it every time the tests are run.
3) Execute sgdisk using u_boot_utils.run_and_log() so that its output is
captured in the test log. This allows debugging any problems running it.
4) Make the disk image a test fixture. This removes the requirement to
always run all GPT tests, and run them in order. The current code doesn't
create the disk image if e.g. just test_gpt_uuid() is executed via the
test.py -k command-line option.
5) Use @pytest.mark.buildconfigspec for all feature dependencies, rather
than manually implementing some of them.
6) Make all tests depend on sandbox, since they use the sandbox-specific
host command.
Fixes: a2f422555f ("add pytests for 'gpt guid' command in sandbox")
Fixes: c5772188ed ("add pytests for 'gpt rename' and 'gpt swap'")
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Nothing CONFIG_SOC_DA830 anymore, so let's remove it and
the one remaining source file for it. It appears to have been
abandoned a while ago.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
commit b63b995 (arm: dts: Add u-boot specific compatibles) separated out
u-boot specific compatibles from dts files.
The u-boot specifics were moved in *-u-boot.dtsi files for all dra7
platforms except dra7-evm.
Without it the SD card is broken on DRA7-evm because the regulator cannot
be enabled.
Fix it by adding the missing dra7-evm-u-boot.dtsi with the needed
properties.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
When the OP-TEE image is built for secure paging the load address may be
in SRAM, remove checks that prevent this.
Signed-off-by: Harinarayan Bhatta <harinarayan@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
A new fatbuf was allocated by get_fs_info() (called by fat_itr_root()),
but not freed, resulting in eventually running out of memory. Spotted
by running 'ls -r' in a large FAT filesystem from Shell.efi.
fatbuf is mainly used to cache FAT entry lookups (get_fatent())..
possibly once fat_write.c it can move into the iterator to simplify
this.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Use the clust_to_sect() helper that was introduced earlier, and add an
inverse sect_to_clust(), plus update the various spots that open-coded
this conversion previously.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Noticed when comparing our output to linux. There are some lcase bits
which control whether filename and/or extension should be downcase'd.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a generic implementation of 'ls' using opendir/readdir/closedir, and
replace fat's custom implementation. Other filesystems should move to
the generic implementation after they add opendir/readdir/closedir
support.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement the readdir interface using the directory iterators.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Needed to support efi file protocol. The fallback.efi loader wants
to be able to read the contents of the /EFI directory to find an OS
to boot.
Modelled after POSIX opendir()/readdir()/closedir(). Unlike the other
fs APIs, this is stateful (ie. state is held in the FS_DIR "directory
stream"), to avoid re-traversing of the directory structure at each
step. The directory stream must be released with closedir() when it
is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Untangle directory traversal into a simple iterator, to replace the
existing multi-purpose do_fat_read_at() + get_dentfromdir().
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Want to re-use this in fat dirent iterator in next patch.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While there are valid reasons to use __packed, often the answer is that
you should be doing something else here instead.
This reintroduces the changes of
f503cc49a5 (Add warning for new __packed additions)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
There is already a macro LBAFU to aid formatted print with lbaint_t
variables. Let's use it in the common block command codes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
All these places seem to inherit the codes from the MMC driver where
a FIXME was put in the comment. However the correct operation after
read should be cache invalidate, not flush.
The underlying drivers should be responsible for the cache operation.
Remove these codes completely.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
fdt_getprop_u32 is not exported and it's different than what the
unit test uses. Rename u32 prop access methods to something that's
unit test specific.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull some information regarding overlays from commit messages and
put them directly within the documentation. Also add some information
regarding required dtc version to properly use overlays.
Signed-off-by: Franklin S Cooper Jr <fcooper@ti.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have the capability to apply overlays on the command line but
we didn't have a document explaining how.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce an overlay based method for constructing a base DT blob
to pass to the kernel.
It is based on a specific method now to get the FDT from a FIT image
named boot_get_fdt_fit().
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
fit_image_load() threw away the extra configuration parts when
loading. We need them around for applying extra overlays for
building the boot fdt.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As part of the fdt overlay support which need it, allow
a list of configurations per property.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The verbose overlay application method prints out more helpful
messages, so switch to it.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce fdt_overlay_apply_verbose, a method that applies an
overlay but in the case of an error produces a helpful message.
In addition if a base tree is found to be missing the __symbols__
node the message will point out that the probable reason is that
the base tree was miscompiled without the -@ option.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Report Coverity log:
The code uses a variable that has not
been initialized, leading to unpredictable
or unintended results.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 60519)
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Add a header that indicates that the files generated by dtoc should not be
modified.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The filename of the auto-generated file is the same as the file that
includes it. Even though the form is in the generated/ subdirectory, this
could be confused.
Rename the generated file to something that makes it clear it is
auto-generated.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
At present dtoc has a very simplistic view of phandles. It assumes that
a property has only a single phandle with a single argument (i.e. two
cells per property).
This is not true in many cases. Enhance the implementation to scan all
phandles in a property and to use the correct number of arguments (which
can be 0, 1, 2 or more) when generating the C code. For the struct
definitions, use a struct which can hold the maximum number of arguments
used by the property.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
We want to support more than one phandle argument. It makes sense to use
an array for this rather than discrete struct members. Adjust the code to
support this. Rename the member to 'arg' instead of 'id'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
When writing values from properties which contain phandles, dtoc currently
writes 8 phandles per line. Change this to write one phandle per line.
This helps reduce line length, since phandles are generally longer and may
have arguments.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rather than naming the phandle struct according to the number of cells it
uses (e.g. struct phandle_2_cell) name it according to the number of
arguments it has (e.g. struct phandle_1_arg). This is a more intuitive
naming.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Update this function to return more detail about a property that contains
phandles. This will allow (in a future commit) more accurate handling of
these properties.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This function will need to have access to class members once we enhance it
to support multiple phandle values. In preparation for that, move it into
the class.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Now that the Fdt class can map phandles to the associated nodes, use that
instead of a separate implementation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add a map from phandles to nodes. This can be used by clients of the the
class instead of maintaining this themselves.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
When using 32-bit addresses dtoc works correctly. For 64-bit addresses it
does not since it ignores the #address-cells and #size-cells properties.
Update the tool to use fdt64_t as the element type for reg properties when
either the address or size is larger than one cell. Use the correct value
so that C code can obtain the information from the device tree easily.
Alos create a new type, fdt_val_t, which is defined to either fdt32_t or
fdt64_t depending on the word size of the machine. This type corresponds
to fdt_addr_t and fdt_size_t. Unfortunately we cannot just use those types
since they are defined to phys_addr_t and phys_size_t which use
'unsigned long' in the 32-bit case, rather than 'unsigned int'.
Add tests for the four combinations of address and size values (32/32,
64/64, 32/64, 64/32). Also update existing uses for rk3399 and rk3368
which now need to use the new fdt_val_t type.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Reported-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Large arrays can result in lines with hundreds or thousands of characters
which is not very editor-friendly. To avoid this, addjust the tool to
group values 8 per line.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In a0f3e3df4a we switched to using the Ubuntu-provided dtc as travis
was having a problem with the number of warnings that were generated by
the newer dtc. This is no longer a concern as we now have the same
logic as Linux to enable/disable additional more stringent warnings. Go
back to building dtc from source.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on travis-ci:
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Checkpatch produces the following warning:
Unescaped left brace in regex is deprecated here
(and will be fatal in Perl 5.30), passed through in regex;
marked by <-- HERE in m/^(\+.*(?:do|\))){ <-- HERE /
at scripts/checkpatch.pl line 3348.
The curent checkpatch of the Linux kernel corrects this
bug and many others.
It provides improved colored output.
So replace checkpatch by the current Linux version.
Add an empty file scripts/const_structs.checkpatch.
We can later fill it according to our needs.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The strto functions should honor the specified base (if non-zero) rather
than permitting a hex or octal string when the user wanted (for example)
base 10.
This has been fixed somewhere along the way in the upstream linux kernel
src tree, at some point after these was copied in to u-boot. And also
in a way that duplicates less code. So port _parse_integer_fixup_radix()
to u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add unit tests for the 'gpt rename' and 'gpt swap' commands that
rely on the block device created by test/py/make_test_disk.py.
Add CONFIG_CMD_GPT_RENAME to the sandbox_defconfig. Remove the
testdisk.raw test device at the end of the tests.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Run unit tests for the 'gpt guid' command, making use of the block
device created by test/py/make_test_disk.py. Remove this device at
the end of the tests.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide a Python function that creates a small block device for the
purpose of testing the cmd/gpt.c or cmd/part.c functions in the u-boot
sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Alison Chaiken <alison@peloton-tech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 6ae4c3efbd ("ARM: DRA7: Add pinctrl register definitions")
has added new macros for pinmux configuration in line with the kernel
definitions. Cleanup the old pinctrl macros from the common header
file so that they are not used by any new boards.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Commit 6ae4c3efbd ("ARM: DRA7: Add pinctrl register definitions")
has added new macros for pinmux configuration in line with the
kernel definitions. Fixup the current pinctrl data for the CompuLab
CL-SOM-AM57x board to use these new macros to facilitate the removal
of the old macros.
NOTE:
The PEN and PDIS macro values used previously were actually defined
inversely, a value of 1 in bit position 16 actually means that the
internal pullup/pulldown is disabled and not enabled as inferred by
PEN. So, previous pinmux config data such as (PDIS | PTU) is confusing
as it actually was meant for enabling internal pullup. The data is
fixed up only to be equivalent to the previous data.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
To remove the assignment of CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS option,
which is deprecated, use the CONFIG_XXXX_BOOT options to
indicate the boot media, and the SoC is selected by the board.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Use the CONFIG_XXXX_BOOT to indicate the boot media, instead of
the CONFIG_SYS_USE_XXXX option, which is declared by
CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS option.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
As said in READRE.kconfig, include/configs/*.h will be removed
after all options are switched to Kconfig. As the first step,
remove the follow line from include/configs/*.h.
#include <asm/hardware.h>
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
To prepare to remove the SoCs options such as SAMA5D2, SAMA5D3
and SAMA5D4 from the CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS option which is
deprecated, add the SoC options to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
The SAMA5D27-SiP (System in Package) integrates the SAMA5D2
with 1Gbit DDR2-SDRAM in a single package.
The SAMA5D27 SOM1 embeds a 64Mbit QSPI flash, KSZ8081 Phy and
Mac-address EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The SAMA5D2 SiP(System in Package) has different Chip IDs in the
CHIPID and CHIP_EXID registers.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Because before switching to a lower clock source, we must switch
the clock source first instead of last. So before configuring the
PMC_MCKR register, invoke at91_mck_init_down() first.
As said in datasheet, the the size of SPL must not exceed the maximum
size allowed(64Kbytes).
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Refer to the commit 70f8c8316ad(PMC: add new mck function to lower
rate while switching) from AT91Bootstrap.
While switching to a lower clock source, we must switch the clock
source first instead of last. Otherwise, we could end up with
too high frequency on internal bus and peripherals.
This happens on SAMA5D2 as exitting from the ROM code.
Add a function pmc_mck_init_down() to allow this sequence.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As said in 29.5.7 section of SAMA5D2 datasheet, before switching to
the crystal oscillator, a check must be carried out to ensure that
the oscillator is present and that its freqency is valid.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function to display the company's logo and board information
via the API from DM_VIDEO. This function can be shared by other
atmel boards, so locate it in board/atmel/common folder.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In order to display the company's logo via the API of DM_VIDEO,
and add the logo files of both Atmel and Microchip.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For sama5d2, add the sfr node with syscon support.
In order to access the SFR_UTMICKTRIM register for the utmi clock
driver, add the phandle property for the utmi node to point to the
sfr node.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
By default, it is assumed that the UTMI clock is generated from
a 12 MHz reference clock (MAINCK). If it's not the case, the FREQ
field of the SFR_UTMICKTRIM has to be updated to generate the UTMI
clock in the proper way.
The UTMI clock has a fixed rate of 480 MHz. In fact, there is no
multiplier we can configure. The multiplier is managed internally,
depending on the reference clock frequency, to achieve the target
of 480 MHz.
The patch is cloned from the patch of mailing-list:
[PATCH v2] clk: at91: utmi: set the mainck rate
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
[trini: Depend on SPL_DM]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This section of the settings file may be missing. Handle that gracefully
rather than emitting an error.
Also update patman to write this section when a new settings file is
created.
Fixes: e11aa602 (patman: add support for omitting bouncing addresses)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.pckham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The e-mail addresses for DA8XXEVM BOARD and DA850_AM18XXEVM BOARD
are invalid.
Remove DA8XXEVM.
Update DA850_AM18XXEVM to have me be the maintainer since I work
for Logic PD and have access to OMAP-L138 and AM1808 EVM kits.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_EMIF4
CONFIG_SDRC
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
There was a check for CONFIG_MAC_ADDR_IN_EEPROM and
a check for CONFIG_MAC_ADDR_IN_SPIFLASH, however
some of the EEPROM related code wasn't encapsulated
inside the #if defined statement so the EEPROM code
could get executed even when it wasn't explicitly
enabled or wanted.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
In mancy cases both CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET and CONFIG_ENV_ADDR point
to an otherwise-unused SMNAND_ENV_OFFSET.
This patch will set both CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET and CONFIG_ENV_ADDR to
whatever value was defined by SMNAND_ENV_OFFSET.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The DTS files had some spacing issues and they needed fixing. This
pull re-sync's the OMAP3xx related DTS files with Linux 4.13-RC5.
To keep the DTS and DTSI files clean and in sync with Linux, new
u-boot.dtsi files are added.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
V3: The resync broke card detect on MMC1 on Logic PD's Torpedo,
so we add the cd-invert to the Torpedo's -u-boot.dtsi file.
V2: Add the u-boot.dtsi files for OMAP3, OMAP36xx, and Torpedo
Remove the need for the second patch in the series
Either the USB and Fastboot were never finished, or somehow it got
lost. This puts enough hooks back into omap3logic to enable
fastboot and hopefully prepare it for Kconfig conversion.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Fix the building warning as below:
---8<----
Warning (reg_format): "reg" property in /i2c-gpio-0/pcf8563@50 has invalid length (4 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 1)
Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): Relying on default #address-cells value for /i2c-gpio-0/pcf8563@50
Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): Relying on default #size-cells value for /i2c-gpio-0/pcf8563@50
--->8----
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some device the serial console's initialization cannot run early during
the boot process. Hence, nulldev serial device is helpful on that
situation.
For example, if the serial module was implemented in FPGA. Serial
initialization is prohibited to run until the FPGA was programmed.
This commit is to adding nulldev serial driver. This will allows the
default console to be specified as a nulldev.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Keng Soon Cheah <keng.soon.cheah@ni.com>
Cc: Chen Yee Chew <chen.yee.chew@ni.com>
With debug enabled, SPL output following these debug prints is on the
same line and it is hard to read. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for GPIO reset lines matching the
common linux "reset-gpios" devicetree binding.
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <moritz.fischer@ettus.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
DRA71x processors are reduced pin and software compatible
derivative of DRA72 processors. Add support for detection
of SR2.1 version of DRA71x family of processors.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Mahaveer <vishalm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Like the OMAP-L138 LCDK before it, let's move the da850-evm and
the variations to TI_COMMON_CMD_OPTIONS to cut back one some of the
defconfig entries.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Some drivers in Linux (ex. drivers/mtd/nand/denali.c) use
ioread*/iowrite* accessors. Import them to make drivers more
synced. I copied code from include/asm-generic/io.h of Linux.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Enable TI_COMMON_CMD_OPTIONS and remove similar options
from the defconfig. Updated with savedefconfig.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Much of the AM3517 functions are copies of the standard definitions
used in ti_omap3_common.h. Moving to include a common file
reduces the amount of duplicative code and clutter. A few
AM3517 specific functions (like EMIF4) are explictly defined
and a few items are undefined or redefined, but overall the number
of lines of code shink.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Add the new compatible "atmel,24mac402" to accommodate AT24MAC402.
The AT24MAC402 is a 2K Serial EEPROM and the 2-Kbit memory array
is internally organized as 16 pages of 16 bytes of EEPROM each.
The 48-bit EUI address in the AT24MAC402 are located in the extended
memory block.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Add the new compatible "microchip,24aa02e48" to accommodate 24AA02E48,
the 24AA02E48 is a 2K I2C Serial EEPROM with pre-programmed globally
unique, 48-bit node address, and 8-byte page size.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
The PMMC firmware should be bundled with the FIT image for HS devices,
remove the steps that load and install this firmware outside of FIT.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
The PMMC firmware should be bundled into a FIT image on HS
devices to allow authentication/decryption, add a handler to
process this PMMC firmware.
Signed-off-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
This works (roughly) the same way as linux's, but we currently always
print lower-case (ie. we just keep %pUB and %pUL for compat with linux),
mostly just because that is what uuid_bin_to_str() supports.
%pUb: 01020304-0506-0708-090a-0b0c0d0e0f10
%pUl: 04030201-0605-0807-090a-0b0c0d0e0f10
It will be used by a later efi_loader paths for efi variables and for
device-path-to-text protocol, and also quite useful for debug prints
of protocol GUIDs.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is convenient for efi_loader which deals a lot with UTF-16. Only
enabled with CC_SHORT_WCHAR, leaving room to add a UTF-32 version when
CC_SHORT_WCHAR is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
EFI_LOADER really wants UTF-16 strings (ie. %ls and L"string" are 16bit
chars instead of 32bit chars). But rather than enabling -fshort-wchar
conditionally if EFI_LOADER is enabled, it was deemed preferrable to
globally switch.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The R8A7796 XHCI USB nodes are missing from r8a7796 dtsi, add them.
These nodes don't come from mainline Linux, yet the DT binding is
similar enough to R8A7795 which already has those in mainline and
once the nodes hit mainline, this DT should be resynched.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
In order to use ehci-generic driver, move the configuration of HSUSB
block into the board file. This configuration should not have been in
the Gen3 EHCI USB driver in the first place, so move it to the board
file until there is a proper infrastructure and driver for the HSUSB
block.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
In order to use ehci-generic driver, move the configuration of HSUSB
block into the board file. This configuration should not have been in
the Gen3 EHCI USB driver in the first place, so move it to the board
file until there is a proper infrastructure and driver for the HSUSB
block.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The R8A7796 EHCI USB nodes are missing from r8a7796 dtsi, add them.
These nodes don't come from mainline Linux, yet the DT binding is
similar enough to R8A7795 which already has those in mainline and
once the nodes hit mainline, this DT should be resynched.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Import the RCar Gen3 DTS and headers from upstream Linux kernel v4.13,
commit 569dbb88e80deb68974ef6fdd6a13edb9d686261 . This includes both M3
and H3 ULCB and Salvator-X boards.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The use-case is that the thing that loaded u-boot already put a splash
image on screen. And we want to preserve that until grub boot menu
takes over.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Not really qcom specific, but for now qcom/lk is the one firmware that
is (afaiu) setting up the appropriate dt node for pre-configured
display. Uses the generic simple-framebuffer DT bindings so this should
be useful on other platforms.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
The STM32 LTDC display controller provides a parallel digital RGB and
signals for horizontal, vertical synchronization, Pixel Clock and Data
Enable as output to interface directly to a variety of LCD and TFT panels.
The LTDC main features are:
- 24-bit RGB Parallel Pixel Output, Programmable timings & polarity for
HSync, VSync and Data Enable.
- 2 layers with Blending, Color Keying, Window position & size,
Dithering, Background color, Color Look-Up Table (CLUT).
- Supported layer color formats: ARGB8888, RGB888, RGB565, ARGB1555,
ARGB4444, L8 CLUT, AL44 & AL88
This LTDC driver:
- supports: RGB parallel output with timings & polarity, 1 layer
in RGB565.
- supports but with hard-coded configurations: blending, window
position & size (crop), background color.
- does not support yet: rgb888, argb8888, 8-bit clut, dithering.
This LTDC driver is compatible with all stm32 platforms with the
LTDC IP and has been tested on stm32 f746-disco board.
Signed-off-by: Philippe CORNU <philippe.cornu@st.com>
Add a driver for GPIO backlights.
It understands the standard device tree binding.
It can be used with simple-panel when PWM is not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add a config to select individually the driver for PWM backlights.
Manage "depends on" to be backyard compatible.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
After a successful read of a UBI volume, the variable filesize is set
to the number of read bytes. To boot linux with a raw initramfs/initrd,
you must specify the exact size of the initramfs/initrd image in boot
command. If the initramfs/inird is read from UBI volume, $filesize is
required to access the number of read bytes.
Example:
ubi read ${loadaddr} kernelvol
ubi read ${fdtaddr} dtbvol
ubi read ${initrd_addr} initrdvol
bootz ${loadaddr} ${initrd_addr}:${filesize} ${fdt_addr}
Signed-off-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This allows to scan the DT including all "clocks" node's sub-nodes
in which fixed-clock are defined.
All fixed-clock should be defined inside a clocks node which collect all
external oscillators. Until now, all clocks sub-nodes can't be binded except
if the "simple-bus" compatible string is added which is a hack.
Update test.dts by moving clk_fixed node inside clocks.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently, all fixed-clock declared in "clocks" node in device tree
can be binded by clk_fixed_rate.c driver only if each of them have
the "simple-bus" compatible string.
This constraint has been invoked here [1].
This patch offers a solution to avoid adding "simple-bus" compatible
string to nodes that are not busses.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/558837/
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adjust this code so that it can work with Python 2 and 3.
Fixes: d73fcb1 (moveconfig: Support building a simple config database)
Reported-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a convenience macro to iterate over subnodes of a node. Make use of
this where appropriate in the code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we sometimes see warnings of the form:
/tmp/tmpMA89kB:36: warning: overriding the value of CMD_SPL.
Old value: "y", new value: "y".
This is not very useful as it does not show whch defconfig file it relates
to. Update the tool to show this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We can use printf() to limit the string width. Adjust the code to do this
instead of using strlcpy() which is a bit clumbsy.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Convert SANDBOX_BITS_PER_LONG to Kconfig and assign it a correct
number depending on which host we are going to build and run.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It seems most of the time we are building and running sandbox on 64-bit host.
But we do support 32-bit host as well. Introduce Kconfig option for this.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is an overflow problem when taking the size instead of the number
of blocks in blk_create_device(). This results in a wrong device size: the
device apparent size is its real size modulo 4GB.
Using the number of blocks instead of the device size fixes the problem and
is more coherent with the internals of the block layer.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option is an SPL-variant of the I2C_EEPROM option to enable
the driver for generic I2C-attached EEPROMs for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the code to set the ethernet mac address from eeprom by using
the common code from the common folder.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace the code to set the ethernet mac address with the code from
the common folder.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create board/$(VENDOR)/common folder to accommodate the common code
shared by other atmel boards, now put the code to set ethernet mac
address from eeprom, which uses the i2c eeprom driver.
Signed-off-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyou.yang@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for selecting proper dtb for
am57xx BeagleBoard X15 revC u-boot from FIT
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
AM571x supports DDR running at 666MHz. Right now it is
clocked at 532MHz which is lower than what is supported.
In order to have maximum performance on AM571-IDK,
switch DDR to 666MHz.
Signed-off-by: Steve Kipisz <s-kipisz2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for selecting proper dtb for
dra76x u-boot from FIT.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Separate out u-boot specific compatibles from dts files.
This will help in syncing dts files in future.
Also these will get deleted eventually once respective drivers
are capable of handling Linux dts files.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
dra76-evm has the ddr parts connectedi running at 666MHz:
EMIF1: MT41K512M16HA-125 AIT:A x 2
EMIF2: MT41K512M8RH-125-AAT:E x 4
Add support for configuring the above DDR parts.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
dra76-evm uses lp8736 and tps65917 pmic for powering on
various peripherals. Add data for these pmics and register
for dra76-evm.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
The dra76-evm is a board based on TI's DRA76 processor
Add eeprom support
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
dra76 family is a high-performance, infotainment application
device, based on OMAP architecture on a 28-nm technology.
This contains most of the subsystems, peripherals that are
available on dra74, dra72 family. This SoC mainly features
Subsystems:
- 2 x Cortex-A15 with max speed of 1.8GHz
- 2 X DSP
- 2 X Cortex-M4 IPU
- ISS
- CAL
- DSS
- VPE
- VIP
Connectivity peripherals:
- 1 USB3.0 and 3 USB2.0 subsystems
- 1 x SATA
- 2 x PCI Express Gen2
- 3-port Gigabit ethernet switch
- 2 x CAN
- MCAN
Adding CPU detection support for the dra76 ES1.0 soc
and update prcm, control module, dplls data.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
LP87565 is present on dra76-evm. Select it for
TARGET_DRA7XX_EVM.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
It is not necessary that ldo1 is used to power on mmc.
So, add support for passing ldo registers for powering on mmc.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
It is not necessary all omap5+ based uses the same PMIC
to poweron mmc. So add support for enabling mmc based on board.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
CCN-504 HPF registers were believed to be accessible only from EL3.
However, recent tests proved otherwise. Remove checking for exception
level to re-enable L3 cache flushing for all levels.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Zhao Qiang <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
The pcie config space of ls1088a is different from ls2080a.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
In case high region memory doesn't have enough space for Management
Complex (MC), the return value should indicate a failure so the
caller can handle it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reported-by: Ebony Zhu <ebony.zhu@nxp.com>
Rx Compliance tests may fail intermittently at high
jitter frequencies using default register values
Program register USB_PHY_RX_OVRD_IN_HI in certain sequence
to make the Rx compliance test pass.
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Low Frequency Periodic Singaling (LFPS) Peak-to-Peak Differential
Output Voltage Test Compliance fails using default transmitter settings
Change config of transmitter signal swings by setting register
PCSTXSWINGFULL to 0x47 to pass compliance tests.
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The default setting for USB High Speed Squelch Threshold results
in a threshold close to or lower than 100mV. This leads to Receive
Compliance test failure for a 100mV threshold.
Shift the threshold from ~100mV towards ~130mV by setting SQRXTUNE
to 0x0 to pass USB High Speed Receiver Sensitivity Compliance test.
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
USB High Speed (HS) EYE Height Adjustment
USB HS speed eye diagram fails with the default value at
many corners, particularly at a high temperature
Optimal eye at TXREFTUNE value to 0x9 is observed, change
set the same value.
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Rx Compliance tests may fail intermittently at high
jitter frequencies using default register values.
Program register USB_PHY_RX_OVRD_IN_HI in certain sequence
to make the Rx compliance test pass.
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Low Frequency Periodic Signaling(LFPS) Peak-to-Peak Differential
Output Voltage Test Compliance fails using default transmitter
settings
Change config of transmitter signal swings by setting register
PCSTXSWINGFULL to 0x47 to pass compliance tests.
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The default setting for USB High Speed Squelch Threshold results
in a threshold close to or lower than 100mV. This leads to Receiver
Compliance test failure for a 100mV threshold.
Shift the threshold from ~100mV towards ~130mV by setting SQRXTUNE
to 0x0 to pass USB High Speed Receiver Sensitivity Compliance test.
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
USB High Speed (HS) EYE Height Adjustment
USB HS speed eye diagram fails with the default value at
many corners, particularly at a high temperature
Optimal eye at TXREFTUNE value to 0x9 is observed, change
set the same value.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: Reordered Kconfig options]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch adds support for RGMII protocol
NXP's LDPAA2 support RGMII protocol. LS1088A is the
first Soc supporting both RGMII and SGMII.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Amrita Kumari <amrita.kumari@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch add support of LS1088AQDS platform.
The LS1088A QorIQTM Development System (QDS) is a high-performance
computing, evaluation, and development platform that supports the
LS1088A QorIQ Architecture processor.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
LS1088A is an ARMv8 implementation. The LS1088ARDB is an evaluatoin
platform that supports the LS1088A family SoCs. This patch add basic
support of the platform.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghav Dogra <raghav.dogra@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@nxp.com>
[YS: Disabled NAND in board header file]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
WIP: disable NAND for LS1088ARDB
For QSPI and IFC addresses execution shouldn't be allowed
when u-boot running from DDR. Revise the MMU final table
to enforce execute-never bits.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Gupta <suresh.gupta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
According current code base, CONFIG_LS1012A should be
CONFIG_ARCH_LS1012A, or function fsl_fdt_disable(blob) will be
wrongly called to disable all dwc3 USB nodes on LS1012A, which
cause Linux USB function stop working at all.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Update MC address calculation as per MC design requirement of address
as least significant 512MB address of MC private allocated memory,
i.e. address should point to end address masked with 512MB offset in
private DRAM block.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <ashish.kumar@nxp.com>
[YS: reformatted commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
LS2080 family has CCN-504 cache coherent interconnet. Other SoCs
in LSCH3 family may have differnt interconnect.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
[YS: revised commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
If CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT is enabled, boot OS if kernel image is found
in FIT structure.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
SPL supports U-Boot image in FIT format which has data outside of
FIT structure. This adds support for embedded data for normal FIT
images.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add Kconfig option SPL_GZIP and SPL_ZLIB to enable gunzip support for
SPL boot, eg. falcon boot compressed kernel image.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adds header address for PPA to be validated during ESBC phase for
ARCH_LS2088 and QSPI_BOOT. Moves sec_init prior to ppa_init(). It
must be initialized before the PPA.
Signed-off-by: Udit Agarwal <udit.agarwal@nxp.com>
[YS: revised commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Unify memory map for Layerscape based platforms. This patch includes
changes in bootscript, bootscript header and PPA header addresses
change as per unified memory map.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vinitha Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
QE_IRAM_READY should be set only after successfully uploading the
firmware.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Qiang <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CoreLink Cache Coherent Interconnect (CCI) provides full cache
coherency between two clusters of multi-core CPUs and I/O coherency
for devices and I/O masters.
This patch add new config option SYS_FSL_HAS_CCI400 and moves
existing register space definaton of CCI-400 bus to fsl_immap to be
shared. CONFIG_SYS_CCI400_ADDR is replaced with SYS_CCI400_OFFSET
in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
[YS: revised commit message, squashed patches for armv8 and armv7]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
MX6Q/QP IPU operates at 264MHz and MX6DL IPU at 198MHz.
When running a SPL target, which supports multiple MX6 variants we cannot
properly setup the IPU clock frequency via CONFIG_IPUV3_CLK option as
such decision is done in build-time currently.
Remove the CONFIG_IPUV3_CLK option and let the IPU clock frequency be
configured in run-time on mx6.
Reported-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
[agust: fixed #endif in cgtqmx6eval.h]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
2017-09-11 12:46:51 +02:00
3244 changed files with 132606 additions and 44369 deletions
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
